diff options
57 files changed, 17 insertions, 7523 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7b82bc --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +*.txt text eol=lf +*.htm text eol=lf +*.html text eol=lf +*.md text eol=lf diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3932c75 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #53865 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/53865) diff --git a/old/53865-8.txt b/old/53865-8.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 2f1661a..0000000 --- a/old/53865-8.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3680 +0,0 @@ -Project Gutenberg's Harper's Round Table, February 18, 1896, by Various - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most -other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of -the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have -to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook. - -Title: Harper's Round Table, February 18, 1896 - -Author: Various - -Release Date: January 2, 2017 [EBook #53865] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HARPER'S ROUND TABLE, FEB 18, 1896 *** - - - - -Produced by Annie R. McGuire - - - - - - - - -[Illustration: HARPER'S ROUND TABLE] - -Copyright, 1896, by HARPER & BROTHERS. All Rights Reserved. - - * * * * * - -PUBLISHED WEEKLY. NEW YORK, TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 18, 1896. FIVE CENTS A -COPY. - -VOL. XVII.--NO. 851. TWO DOLLARS A YEAR. - - * * * * * - -[Illustration] - -THE LITTLE CORPORALS. - -BY JULIANA CONOVER. - - -There was a suspicious sniffle, then a series of gulps, and then the -letters grew blurred and indistinct, and even hard winking would not -keep the tears back; to Charlie's mortification they actually splashed -down on the page before him. - -Herr Dr. Hartmann looked up, peering through his glasses at the boy. - -"What dost thou read?" he asked, kindly. "It is not, I hope, bad news -from the home?" - -"No," muttered Charlie, blowing his nose hard; "it's--a hockey story." - -"Ach, du liebe Zeit!" ejaculated the puzzled master. "And what is -that--an American wild animal, perhaps?" - -Charlie shook his head and smiled, such a pathetic, homesick smile. "No, -it's a game," he answered. "You play it on the ice with hockeys--sticks -with a crook at the end--and a block of wood or rubber." - -"So? and our German boys they do not know it? Then thou must teach -them"--cheerfully--"yes? for the skating is good now, they tell me. -Komischer Junge!" he exclaimed a little later to his wife. "He reads for -pleasure, and then he cries. It is, of course, the homesickness, and I -fancy he misses the out-of-door life and the sports which they have -always in America." - -Charlie Stanton was fourteen--quite old enough, he maintained, to be his -own master, even in a foreign country; but when his mother and father -had actually said good-by, leaving him in a German family in Berlin -while they went to Egypt for the winter, he began to regret his boasted -independence; and while not acknowledging himself homesick, even a -hockey story recalled too many happy memories to be read quite -stoically. Mr. and Mrs. Stanton had felt perfectly safe in leaving their -son with Dr. Hartmann, for he was a man who made it as much his concern -to know that his pupils were happy, as that they imbibed a sufficient -quantity of German and the classics. - -At two o'clock the next afternoon Charlie started out for the West End -Eisbahn. It was a beautiful day, cold and crisp and clear, and the boy's -eyes glistened as he adjusted the lever of his skates. Then he stood up -and looked about. Germans to right of him, Germans to left of him, -Germans all around him, rising and falling. He watched them for a -moment, and then struck out rather dismally, for even skating lost half -its charm when one was quite alone. What was his astonishment, then, -when a small block of wood shot past him, propelled by a real hockey in -the hands of a boy about his own size. - -"Stop him! head him off! he'll make a goal!" shouted Charlie, in great -excitement, forgetting his surroundings utterly; and seizing a cane that -was lying on a bench, he started off in mad pursuit, colliding -recklessly with girls and officers, and sending several stiff little -cadets sprawling on their backs. The next minute, by a dexterous stroke, -he knocked up the hockey, dislodged the ball, and before his astounded -opponent could recover himself, had carried it in triumph to the end of -the pond. - -"Goal!" he cried, waving his stick as the other boy came up. - -"You went out of bounds," he retorted; "but, George! you do know how to -play hockey! Are you an American?" - -"Yes. Are you?" - -"Rather"--emphatically. "We're only spending the winter here, because -Edith, my sister, is taking violin lessons. Here she comes"--as a -remarkably pretty girl, accompanied by a "colossal schneider" hussar, -glittering in blue and silver, skated towards them. - -"Are you on the war-path, Dick?" Edith Hartley asked, laughingly, "Herr -Von Lutzow says that the dead and wounded are lying all over the pond, -and that the German army will have to hold you to account." - -"All right. We'll challenge the German army to a game of hockey--won't -we!" turning to Charlie. - -"Easily," he replied. - -"Hear that, Rahden?" said Von Lutzow, to a Second Lieutenant in the -Infantry Guards who had joined Miss Hartley. - -The young officer laughed. "Is it what you call the American cheek--yes? -I have heard of it. Guädiges Fräulein, may I have the honor?" - -"Not if you insult my country. Oh, Herr Von Lutzow, do get up a hockey -game. It would be such fun to see you try and play." - -"You think we could not? Too stiff--what? Rahden, we will have to show -them that the German army cannot be trifled with even in sport. Then, -Young America, get up your company, team, what you call it, and we will -meet you on the battle-ground of the Grunewald one week from to-day. Ah! -It will be the birthday of your great man, is it not? Your Mr. -Washington." - -Dick and Charlie were old friends by the time they left the Eisbahn, and -they walked home together, discussing most earnestly the vital question -of "material" for their hockey team. - -"A week is an awfully short time," Dick said, as they parted; "but if -the ice lasts we will show them what American boys can do." - -The next day, however, brought a most discouraging note to Charlie. - -"I can't find a fellow who knows a hockey from a hole in the ground," -Dick wrote. "It's awfully hard luck. I could get Englishmen to burn; but -that wouldn't do, because we challenged the officers to an international -game, and we've got to stick to it, and play them somehow." - -Charlie's spirits sank to zero. He didn't know a single boy in the whole -city, and, what was even worse, he could not go out that afternoon to -help in the search. But surely in all Berlin there must be at least -seven boys--for they needn't play eleven--who knew something of shinny, -or even football--if they could only skate. So he wrote back to Dick in -the words of the famous Lawrence, and then waited in a fever of -impatience for Dick's next bulletin. - -"It's all right," Dick wrote. "I hustled like everything yesterday, and -managed to find some fellows who knew how to handle their hockeys pretty -well, but have never played on a regular team. They'll do, though. I -hope the officers won't crawl now." - -So did Charlie, devoutly, for his spirits had risen so high with the -first sentence that he felt ready for any thing--artillery, cavalry, -infantry--let them all come on! - -That afternoon the raw recruits were drilled with such energy by the -"little corporals," as the officers had dubbed the boys, that it began -to look dark for the German army. - -Dick and Charlie really played a remarkably fine game for their age, and -were indefatigable in their efforts to teach the team how to dodge, and -stop short, and back up, and play together, etc.; and it was quite dark -when a dozen dead-tired but hopeful and enthusiastic boys started for -home, their skates over their arms. - -Finally Washington's birthday dawned bright and clear. - -"And it is to-day the great game--yes?" asked Dr. Hartmann, as he -watched Charlie's serious face at the morning coffee. "And the Kaiser, -he will be there?" - -Charlie laughed such a clear ringing laugh it did the Herr Doctor's -heart good to hear it. There did not seem to be an atom of homesickness -left in the hoy, and all because of a game! Truly the sporting spirit -was a strange and unaccountable thing. - -No, the Kaiser was not at the Grunewald, but quite a number of brilliant -uniforms lined the little sheet of ice on that memorable afternoon. The -boys were in old and variegated sweaters--a great contrast to the smart -military team that walked gingerly across the slippery ice while the -officers on the bank chaffed them in ringing tones. - -"Stillgestanden! Kopf in die Höhe!" (halt! head up!) cried one. "Knochen -zusammen!" (legs together) called another; while a gaudy yellow hussar -exhorted one to "shake himself into his coat." - -Their amusement only increased when the Prussian force stood up in line, -their faces crimson from the effort of putting on their skates without -the help of a Bursche. - -Frank Moore, a friend of the Hartleys, had promised to act as umpire, -and had made all the necessary arrangements. After a little preliminary -skirmishing, Dick and a big hussar with a fierce red mustache shook -hands and declared themselves ready. Then the two teams lined up. The -umpire placed the block in the centre of the field, and the whistle -blew. Like a flash the forwards bore down upon the little solid -vulcanized rubber block, the officers reaching it first. - -"Spread out!" cried Dick. "Guard your field!" - -The big hussar tried to dodge, but he was between too many fires; so, -swinging his hockey, he gave the ball a tremendous whack, which sent it -spinning down towards the goal. "After it! after it!" he yelled to his -lagging team. "Great Scott! we'll--machen ein goal!" recollecting -himself suddenly. But there was no goal, for the ball went out of bounds -thirty yards from the posts. - -It was brought out at right angles, and dropped by the umpire between -the hockeys of the two captains. There was a few seconds of feverish -scrimmage, in which all the forwards joined, and then a long hockey -darted like the tongue of a snake into the crowd from the outside, -skilfully hooking the block, and the owner whirled round in the very -faces of his own men, and then backwards and sideways he zigzagged, -until he found an open space, for which he made a dash, and before the -astounded hussars could recover themselves he had carried it, skating -like the wind, past the backs and the goal-keeper, in for a goal. - -A storm of "Bravos!" greeted this successful trick, and Edith led with a -rousing American cheer, for it was Charlie who had scored one for his -country. - -"That's jolly good hockey!" said a fat, breathless little Lieutenant; -and Dick turned and looked at him in surprise. - -Then the block was put in play again, and back and forth it flew, until -the big hussar once more got the ball and a clear space, and by a -brilliant exhibition of fast skating and clever tricking, he too carried -it safely in for a goal. - -"Deutschland, Deutschland über alles!" chanted the officers on the bank. - -The German army was playing well, suspiciously well; their long passes -would have brought joy to a lacrosse-player's heart, and their clean -hits would have made a polo enthusiast shout with delight. - -Dick and Charlie conferred together in low tones. Should they protest -against the pure English of the gay hussars? Something was clearly -wrong, though the uniforms seemed right. But no, they would not stop to -challenge them. - -Up and down the ice the rubber block spun, alternately threatening the -well-guarded goal-posts. It was such pretty hockey that the officers on -the bank, in the excitement of the game, forgot to chaff their -representatives, and only when Charlie, "by playing for his man," had -bowled a stiff little hussar clean over, did they give way to -unrestrained mirth. - -"You've broken my leg, you young idiot," roared out this forgetful -officer, as he struggled to his feet; and then he bit his lip, and -muttered "By Jove!" for he saw that he had given himself away. - -"Was ist dann los?" (What's the matter) was called out from the bank as -the game hung fire for a minute. - -"We are discovered," came back the answer, and there was a burst of -laughter from the crowd, for the fraud practised upon the boys had been -an open secret to them all. - -"Take your mustache off, Mackintosh, it dazzles my eyes," cried some -one. And the boys looked up at the big hussar, who was grinning -sheepishly under his disguise. - -"What Dummkophs we were!" they exclaimed. "Why, their uniforms don't fit -for a cent!" - -At this the bogus officers shouted. - -"Mine's horribly tight," said one. "I can't breathe." - -"I can't bend in mine," groaned Thomas, the English chaplain's son; -"it's got a ramrod up the back." - -"My stiffest chokers are cotton wool compared to these impossible -boards," said little Smith, wriggling his neck round inside the -beautiful gold collar. - -"Is there _one_ real officer on the team?" demanded the little -corporals, who were sternly superintending the unmasking of the -impostors. - -"No," answered Mackintosh, cheerfully. "We are all echt English -subjects--for I'm a Canadian." - -The two Lieutenants who had "crawled" so ignominiously came forward with -Miss Hartley to make their peace. - -"Your sister she have did it," said Von Rahden, for Germans too are -descended from Adam. - -"Yes," acknowledged Edith, penitently, but with a twinkle in her eye, -"it was my fault. Herr Von Lutzow said, 'What is a German officer, a -hussar, without his sword or spurs? He is not, as you say, "inside -it."'" - -"I have said, we had not the time," protested this maligned hussar. - -"Or the skill," she answered, laughing. "At any rate, they regularly -backed out, Dick, so Mr. Moore and I concocted this scheme in order to -cover their disgraceful retreat, and redeem at least their uniforms." - -"Beastly things," growled Mackintosh; "handicapped us like everything." - -"Take them off, then," she retorted. "You'll play it out boys? America -against England instead of Germany?" - -The little corporals looked at the strapping young Englishmen, all good -football-players, and some old hockey-players as well; but they did not -have the Napoleonic spirit for nothing. - -"Yes, we'll play them," they said, and the whole team echoed it. - -Then the bogus hussars peeled off their tight gold-laced jackets, and -breathed once more freely. It would be an international struggle, and -they must put forth all their strength and skill. The teams lined up. - -"We'll pass the block to each other as we did before," whispered Dick, -"and then scoot for the open ice. And tell the fellows, Charlie, not to -try and stop Mackintosh, but to hook his hockey the way you did; and -we'll work that circling trick again, too." - -Mackintosh was clearly a star player. He kept his body bent, his arm out -straight, and his hockey ever ready for the block to nestle in. And when -Thomas backed him, and the rest cleared the way, he was a formidable man -to tackle. But "Young America," led by the gallant little corporals, -never lost heart or head. They shinnied on all sides, they kept their -eyes right on the block, they hit it hard, they "babied" it, they shoved -it between legs and hockeys to an open field, and then darted like -lightning for it themselves, and they worked tricks which made the more -knowing spectators shout with enthusiasm. - -The score kept running up, and still the apparently unevenly matched -teams kept even. Five goals each, and only five minutes more to play. - -"Look out for the long pass and skirting round the edges," said -Mackintosh, and Thomas nodded. - -The umpire blew his whistle, and once more the forwards charged down -upon the block, which became the centre of a fierce scrimmage. Dick -hovered on the outskirts, and when the puck flew from between the legs -of Smith he caught it on his hockey and started off; to the right of one -he dodged, to the left of another, and, when fairly cornered, he -managed, by a quick turn and lightning stroke, to hit the ball, and send -it whizzing down the pond. - -Now there was racing and chasing on Cannobie Lea, and Mackintosh, the -big Canadian, got there first. Then squirming and worming, he worked his -way up the field. Edith held her breath. - -"Hook his hockey! hook his hockey!" cried Charlie, who was guarding the -goal, cool even at this critical moment; and he started slowly towards -him, hoping to force him out of bounds. But Mackintosh, with Dick hard -behind, could not afford to lose speed by dodging, and--crash! the two -came together, and together went down, with a sound like falling -timbers--giant oaks. The ice shivered, and then split from end to end, a -long deep crack; but the game went on, for Dick, with the national honor -at stake, could not stop to see what besides the eight-inch ice was -cracked, and by a series of never-to-be-surpassed tactics he carried the -ball straight up the pond for a winning goal; and then, while the air -thrilled to the cloudburst of "Bravos!"--for the officers had basely -gone over to the enemy, and were backing America with all the lung-power -they could spare from their dignity--he skated back to find Charlie with -a bleeding head and broken collar-bone, but mad with delight because his -fall had saved the game. The crowd swarmed upon the ice, and the boys -were the heroes of the hour. But they bore their honors very modestly, -even though Edith declared it to be a double victory. - -"They had beaten the Germans by default," she said, "and England by -_nerve_. Any one, to look at the two teams"--here she glanced up at -Mackintosh and down at Charlie--"would see that the boys were clearly -outclassed; but the great American spirit--" - -"_And_ a week of hard practice," put in Mackintosh. "Only got our -hockeys yesterday." - -"I accept the amendment. The great American spirit, _and_ a week of -practice have gained the day." - -"Three cheers for the little corporals!" said Von Lutzow. "They have -nobly won their spurs. And we, Husaren of the Royal Guards, who cannot -fight with crooked sticks, will be proud to cross swords with them at -any time." - -"And this," ejaculated Herr Dr. Hartmann, clasping his hands in horror -as Charlie, with head and shoulders bound and bandaged, but happy as a -king, was deposited at the door--"and this is called sport!" - - - - -THE RESTORATION OF "TIP." - -BY J. PARMLY PARET. - - -Tip was a vicious young elephant, and during his brief life of -twenty-three years he killed several of his keepers. His last act of -violence came near causing the death of Snyder, the attendant who had -charge of him at the Central Park Zoo, and as a result he now stands -upon a wooden pedestal in New York's Museum of Natural History, where -all may look at the brute which caused so much trouble for the circus -people who owned him. For his attack upon Snyder, nearly two years ago, -the Park Commissioners ordered his execution, and he was killed with -powerful drugs given to him in his food. The process of mounting and -stuffing his hide, to be exhibited at the museum, was very interesting, -as the accompanying series of pictures will show. - -[Illustration: 1.--THE FIRST BOARD AND THE WOODEN BONES.] - -The preparation of the elephant's tough skin and the cleaning of his -bones took nearly a year before the actual work of mounting was started. -As it is intended to mount Tip's skeleton separately, exact -reproductions of his skull and a few of the other large bones were -carved in wood, to be used in modelling the form on which the hide was -to be mounted. All of the flesh, of course, was destroyed, and in its -place the museum workmen built up a dummy of his body, or manikin, as -they call it, from measurements and photographs taken of him before his -death. Building this lay figure and fitting the skin to it took nearly -six weeks' work, and the stuffed elephant then stood over two months, to -allow the hide to stretch and dry on its new body before the specimen -was ready to be shown. It has been on exhibition only a few weeks now. - -[Illustration: 2.--THE WOODEN HEAD AND RIBS.] - -The first part in the difficult task of mounting Tip was to build the -manikin. The workmen sawed out of heavy planking a flat piece about the -general shape of the big brute's side. This was supported by iron rods, -in place of legs, bolted to the frame-work and to the temporary pedestal -upon which the work was done. The wooden skull and leg bones were then -screwed to the body, and other pieces of wood the shape of Tip's sides -were fastened in place like ribs. A pair of handsome ivory tusks taken -from some other real elephant were fitted to the skull, while another -long plank was hung down between them for his trunk. Tip was nine feet -and a half high at the shoulder, and eleven feet in length, so it was no -easy task to reach all parts of his great body. Great ladders were built -at each end of the manikin, and ropes were rigged from the ceiling over -it, to haul up the heavy parts of the wooden animal they were creating. - -[Illustration: 3.--AFTER THE LATHS HAVE BEEN PUT ON.] - -Just as the carpenters build the walls of a house, these workmen covered -the great ribs of their wooden elephant all over with laths. They nailed -them to the frame-work, leaving his body hollow, and then for the first -time the manikin began to take on the shape of a real elephant. His body -looked more like some huge barrel, perhaps, than that of Tip, and his -legs were a trifle stumpy and unfinished at the ends; he lacked a tail -as yet, too, and his trunk was only a rough pine board; but the gleaming -ivory tusks were there, and his head had a lifelike appearance that was -very encouraging. But the difficult part of the work was just beginning, -for the body must be made to fit exactly to the shape of the hide before -it could be put on. - -Excelsior was next called into use, and the lath-covered frame-work was -completely enveloped in those thin shavings from wood so often used for -packing china and glass. Bunches of it were tacked to the laths, and in -some places it was tied on with string, while here and there a little -lump was glued to the frame-work. The many photographs of Tip were -gotten out, and measuring-tapes were used to get the exact size in all -parts. For days the men were busy with nothing else but this work. They -trimmed off corners here, and added patches there, as the defects in the -manikin's shape were shown by the photographs and measurements. - -[Illustration: 4.--THE CLAY MANIKIN READY FOR THE HIDE.] - -At last the great hide was brought up from the cellar, and for the first -time fitted to the wooden elephant. When Tip was skinned a year before, -the men were careful to cut off the hide so that it would be easy to -work with when they came to mount it, the two sides and the head being -skinned separately. Now these three pieces of hide had undergone an -elaborate preparation. They had been soaked for months in acids, and had -been scraped and pared down to about an inch in thickness. If this tough -skin were kept long in the open air it would have hardened so stiff that -it would have been almost impossible to mount it. So it had been kept in -a solution the workmen call "tan liquor," and when the manikin was -finished an enormous tub containing these soaking hides was brought up -to where the dummy stood. - -[Illustration: 5.--ONE SIDE OF THE HIDE IN PLACE.] - -Ropes were fastened to one side of Tip's skin, and it was hauled up -against the manikin and fitted around the body. Then it was lowered back -into the tub again, and more excelsior added where the skin hung loose, -or bits cut away to make room for the clumsy dimples in the elephant's -hide. This was repeated over and over again, until the men were -satisfied with the fit of the final covering for their specimen. But, -like good tailors, they were not easily satisfied, and the patient -manikin had to have its new coat "tried on" many, many times before it -was ready to have the seams sewed up for good. Both sides had to be -treated in this way, and then the head, which, of course, needed more -fitting and alterations than the sides. - -But it was finally finished, and the last work on the manikin was then -done. The great body with its woolly coat of excelsior was hidden under -a thin layer of modelling clay. This was spread over evenly and worked -down smooth with the men's hands; the body, the legs, the head, the -trunk, and even the tail were treated to this last coat, and at a little -distance Tip looked very natural, except for the lack of eyes and soles -for his feet. Again the big pieces of hide were hauled up out of the tan -liquor, and again they were fitted to the manikin. Here and there a few -final alterations were necessary, and then the body was ready to be -sewed into its new coat forever. - -Clumsy seamstresses these workmen would have made if fine linen and -sewing-silk had been their materials, but with copper wire, and -brad-awls to punch the needle-holes, they managed to make fully as -strong, if not as neat, seams as the cleverest dressmakers. The two -sides of the skin were hauled up and matched together at the top of the -elephant's back. Then, with their clumsy needles and their wire thread, -the workmen climbed up on top of the manikin, and sewed together the -long seam where the knives of the skinners had opened the hide. Other -seams down the back of the legs and under the elephant's belly were -sewed up in this way, and Tip's hide once more held an elephant, -although a very different kind of an elephant from that it was intended -to cover. The skin of the head was put on in the same way, and the -trunk-covering was sewed over the padded plank in a most natural -position. Two large eyes of glass were fastened into the sockets, and -Tip was put away to dry out. - -[Illustration: 6.--"TIP" RESTORED.] - -Had any one who did not know the secrets of the taxidermist come upon -the elephant a few days later, he would have thought he had seen a -ghost--and the ghost of the famous white elephant, too, at that. There -stood Tip, to be sure, but all white. The effect of the chemicals in -which his skin had soaked so long had been to bleach the hide to a -streaky gray that looked almost ghostly. But the workmen expected this, -and they soon altered the disguise. They went over to the zoo in the -Park with big buckets of paint, and mixed a lot of it to match the skin -of Tom, another elephant there, whose hide is almost exactly the same -color as was Tip's. Then they painted the stuffed elephant from trunk to -tail, and varnished over the paint, covering up all the stitches they -had taken in his hide, and giving him once more the appearance of the -familiar old friend on whose broad back the children used to ride about -the circus ring until he got too ugly to be safe. - -Never again will Tip attack his keepers. Behind a railing he stands in -the museum, as harmless as old Jumbo, whose skeleton stands nearby, but -still as natural as in life. On his label one reads, - -ASIATIC ELEPHANT, - -followed by a brief history of his twelve years' experience in America, -his death and restoration. His skeleton will be mounted by the museum -experts, and will stand at the side of the stuffed hide. - - - - -DOMINOES. - - -After the dominoes have been laid face down upon the table, and well -shuffled, each player--and there should be but two--draws seven cards, -the one having the highest "double" leading the game. In case there -should be no double out, the player holding the highest number of spots -on one card is entitled to lead. The two then play alternately until the -game is so blocked that one cannot match a piece; the other then -continues until he blocks himself or plays all his cards, thus winning -the game. In case both are blocked, each counts the number of spots on -the cards left in his hand, and whoever has the smallest number wins the -game. - -The game is so simple, skill consisting almost entirely in the power of -memory, that it cannot be hampered by many rules, but there is much -advice which the learner would do well to remember. - -In playing, lay down such cards as will enable you to play at either end -the next time, if possible. - -Play the cards with the greatest number of spots on them first, so that -in event of the game being blocked to both you may stand a chance of -winning by spots. - -The numbers of which you have the most are the best to play, since your -adversary is likely to have less. - -When it is possible for you to block the game, do not do so if you have -been playing high cards and your adversary low ones, for in that case -the chances are that he will be able to "count out." It is dangerous to -block your own hand until you have become so skilled in the game as to -be able to form some idea of the size of your adversary's hand. - -If you hold a double, and one or more with the same number, play it as -soon as possible; but do not try to make a number for it, otherwise your -adversary, if he be a good player, will see what you are trying to do, -and prevent it. But if you hold a double of an end at which your -adversary cannot play, work at the other end in the hope of shutting him -out of the game entirely. - -With a heavy hand, play first on one end and then on the other, to -prevent any chance of blocking the game when the number of spots would -count against you. A good hand is that having the greatest variety of -numbers, as 6-3, 5-4, 2-1, 4-3, 1-0, 2-0, 0-0, and with it one can -generally play every time, while a bad hand would be 6-6, 5-5, 6-2, 6-4, -2-2, 2-1, 1-1, and of course the very worst would be to hold all the -doubles; but that would hardly occur in an actual game. - -As an example of how doubles should be played, suppose your hand -consisted of 5-5, 2-2, 3-2, 2-4, 1-0, 5-0, 6-2, it would be better in -every way to play the 5-5, since your other double can be forced either -by the 3-2, 2-4, or 6-2. - -_All Fives_, or _Muggins_, is and should be played similar to the one -above, save that the great object is to make the spots at both ends -amount to five, or any number divisible by five without a remainder. If -one plays 5-5 at the start, he counts ten. If 0-0 is played first, the -0-5 would count five to the player; then if 5-5 be played it counts ten, -and 0-0 played on 0-5 counts five also. If 6-6 is at one end and 4-4 is -played at the other, twenty is counted to the game, since twelve and -eight make twenty. In this game he who can play 5-5 has the lead; and -failing in that, he who holds 0-5, then 2-3; and failing in all, he who -holds the highest card. The game should be fifty or one hundred points, -and the winner counts all the spots in his adversary's hand at the -close, adding them to his score, or, in case of a block, adds the -difference between the lesser and the greater hand. - -_The Drawing_ game is played like the Double Sixes, save that when a -player is blocked he must draw another card, and continue to do so until -he can play. He who plays out first, or, in case of the game being -blocked, he who has the smallest number of spots wins. This game really -requires the most skill, since a player must remember all the cards, and -try to form some idea of what remains in the pool and what his adversary -holds. It is quite common to unite this game with All Fives, thus making -a longer game of the former. - -_The Matadore_ game has more of the element of chance in it than any -other. Each player draws three cards, and he who holds the highest plays -first. After that the next player can only go when his domino, added to -the one previously played, will make seven. Those cards having just -seven spots on them, and the double blank, are called matadores, and may -be played at _any_ time, regardless of spots. There are, of course, but -four matadores--6-1, 5-2, 4-3, 0-0. If one cannot play, he must draw -until he can, or until but two are left, when no more can be taken. The -number of points in this game may be made from twenty to a hundred, as -the players decide. - - - - -WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY. - - - 'Tis splendid to live so grandly - That, long after you are gone, - The things you did are remembered, - And recounted under the sun; - To live so bravely and purely - That a nation stops on its way, - And once a year, with banner and drum, - Keeps its thought of your natal day. - - 'Tis splendid to have a record - So white and free from stain - That, held to the light, it shows no blot, - Though tested and tried amain; - That age to age forever - Repeats its story of love, - And your birthday lives in a nation's heart, - All other days above. - - And this is Washington's glory, - A steadfast soul and true, - Who stood for his country's honor - When his country's days were few. - And now when its days are many, - And its flag of stars is flung - To the breeze in defiant challenge, - His name is on every tongue. - - Yes, it's splendid to live so bravely, - To be so great and strong. - That your memory is ever a tocsin - To rally the foes of the wrong; - To live so proudly and purely - That your people pause in their way, - And year by year, with banner and drum, - Keep the thought of your natal day. - - MARGARET E. SANGSTER. - - - - -THE SKATING BRIGADE. - -BY ELIZABETH S. HICOK. - - -The boys worked hard that day, carrying sticks and dragging logs from -the woods that bordered the banks of the Curve. The Curve was one of the -many bends in the river that began its journey far up among the hills, -whose summits could be seen from the town of Landon on a clear day. - -The Rambler had evidently started out in life with no definite plans as -to its future course, except, perhaps, the one purpose of seeking an -easy, pleasant way. To accomplish this it wandered in and out, and -formed many little bays and inlets as it flowed carelessly along. At all -seasons it offered irresistible attractions to the boys fortunate enough -to live near it. What swimming holes could be compared with those of the -Curve and the Dip? Where could better fishing be found than at the -Angle? Could there be a cooler place to rest on a hot day, after a good -pull at the oars, than under one of the stone arches of the bridge that -spanned the river two miles above the town? In fact, at almost any time -of year if a Landon boy was not around when wanted, it was pretty safe -to conclude that the river was responsible for his absence. - -But now it is winter. Though there is but a thin mantle of snow on the -ground, the reeds and cat-tails are frozen stiff in the ice, and the -willows look more dejected than ever, as they droop their bare slender -branches to the ice-covered stream. But this winter scene is not a -dreary one to a boy fond of skating, and the ice for miles up and down -the river is as smooth as glass. The party at the Curve numbers sixteen, -and they are all skaters. - -It was a queer collection of wood that the boys had brought -together--logs, large and small, branches of trees, and underbrush--but -it suited their purpose. - -"We have worked long enough," said Ralph Waring, a tall, overgrown lad, -who was leaning lazily against a tree. - -"We?" laughed a small energetic boy, pushing with all his strength -against a large log that refused to move. "We!" - -"Well, _you_, then," said the first speaker, good-naturedly. "Mr. -Hastings did not bargain for this, I'll wager, when he said we could -have all the wood we could use. We'd better go into the lumber business, -with such a good start." - -"Ralph is right," said Gordon Brice. "We have now more wood than we -need. Besides, it is four o'clock. If we are to meet here at seven we -must lay the logs and brush ready to light, and hurry home for a rest -and something to eat. I'm tired as a horse and hungry as a bear." - -The boys set to work again, Ralph doing his share, and soon a large -cone-shaped pile stood in a cleared space near the shore. - -"Now three good cheers for Washington's birthday," said Gordon. Hats -waved in the air, and three cheers were given with hearty good will by -all the boys, who then took the narrow path that led along the bank to -the town. - -It was somewhat past the appointed time that evening before all the boys -were again at the Curve. Gordon had taken too long a rest, and -overslept; Max Utley had mislaid his skates; and Ralph, of course, was -late. - -"On time?" drawled this delinquent, as he sauntered up to the group of -boys, some on one knee fastening their skates, others sitting on a log -as they performed this operation, and still others stamping a foot to -make sure that all was secure before starting out. - -"Yes, your time--half an hour late," replied Jack Foster. "We are all -ready for the skate up the river, and do not intend to wait for any -one." - -"Don't expect any favors; don't deserve any," said Ralph, not in the -least ruffled by Jack's remark. "Perhaps I can meet you on the down -trip. I shall make the effort, anyway." - -"Well, shall we set fire to the pile?" said Max. - -Half a dozen boys were ready for this work, and after a number of -matches had flared up and gone out in the haste of each boy to be the -first to start a blaze, little flames were seen creeping in among the -brush and reaching out blue and red fingers towards the logs. - -Off the boys started then, Gordon at the head, and Ralph bringing up the -rear. - -It was a clear starlight night. - -"To the Dip!" shouted Gordon. "To the Dip!" was sent back along the -line, and on they sped. - -It had all been planned. They were to skate to the Dip--a short distance -up the river--and then return to spend the rest of the evening at the -Curve, skating by the light of the fire. - -At the Dip they rested a few moments, then started down the river, hand -in hand, sixteen abreast. They skated fast, and for the most part -silently, needing all their breath to maintain the steady motion. - -"I wonder how the old Curve will look under fire?" said Clarence Bemen -at last, to Ralph, who was at his right, working hard to keep up with -his companions. - -They were fast approaching the starting-place. - -"We are almost there," said Ralph, breathlessly. "That's all I care -about." - -They could catch a faint glimmer thrown out from the fire over the ice -directly in front. The boys, in their excitement, grasped hands tightly -as with a long sweep they went round the point of land into the Curve. - -But what do they see? They all stop suddenly, for on the bank in the -full light of the fire was the figure of a man, tall and slight, and in -military dress. A coat with broad rolling collar and with epaulettes on -the shoulders was held together by three large buttons; the trousers -were short, and met at the knee by high boots with flaring tops. The man -wore a powdered wig, surmounted by a three-cornered hat. At his side was -a sword, sheathed. - -The skaters were too astonished to move forward or say a word. But at -last Ralph, whose mind always moved faster than his body, said, -emphatically, - -[Illustration: "GEORGE WASHINGTON! AS TRUE AS I LIVE."] - -"George Washington! as true as I live." - -Just then the man unsheathed his sword and waved it in the direction of -the boys, as if wishing to summon them nearer. - -"The old fellow looks kind of ghostly," said Max, irreverently. "But we -are sixteen to his one. Come on! We will let him speak for himself, if -he can speak." - -On the line moved with slow long strokes, in perfect unison, till they -came within a few feet of the shore. - -"You come up in good style. I always like to see the young American show -himself the soldier," said the strange man. - -Then Gordon, as spokesman, said, raising his cap, "Have we the pleasure -of welcoming to the Curve George Washington, whose birthday we -celebrate?" - -"You have," replied the person addressed, bowing low, and speaking in a -deep bass voice. "Of all the places where the anniversary of my birth is -being honored to-day none has offered more attraction than this. It -reminds me of scenes from my past life which can never be effaced from -my memory. The cliffs that surround this Curve, this frozen stream, this -fire even, built in my honor, recall the terrible winter at Valley -Forge, and that memorable night when I with my brave followers crossed -the Delaware." - -Here the General drew forth a large bandanna handkerchief from his -pocket and wiped his eyes. - -"Who can it be?" whispered the boys. - -"And where did he find that rig--'The old three-cornered hat, and the -breeches and all that'?" said Donald Gray, who was always ready, on -every occasion, with a quotation. - -Meanwhile the General had recovered from his emotion, replaced his -bandanna, and resumed his speech. - -"My experience amid the scenes of war has made me very sympathetic, and -I am easily affected to tears. If you have studied your histories, as -you should, you already know that I was very kind to my men, and always -tried to make them as comfortable as circumstances would permit." - -"The Commander-in-Chief is pretty eloquent," said Clarence to Ralph, "He -is using large words. Have you any idea who it is?" - -"I have my suspicions," answered Ralph, "but I am not sure. Hush! he -isn't through with his oration." - -"You all know the old fisherman down at the Ledge?" continued the -speaker, inquiringly. - -"Uncle Simon?" said half a dozen voices at once. "Should say so." - -"Yes, Uncle Simon. I think there is not a boy here that he has not -befriended, mended his fish-poles, disentangled his lines, patched his -boats, saved him from drowning in summer and from freezing in winter. -Well, Uncle Simon is down with rheumatism, and hasn't fire enough to -keep him warm. When I happened to hear of the fine stock of wood you had -laid in for a big bonfire, I thought now is Uncle Simon's chance to get -warm. Now Uncle Simon's young friends can come to the rescue. What do -you say, boys, shall we form ourselves into a skating brigade, pile the -wood on these sleds that you forgot to take home, and carry it down the -river to Uncle Simon? All in favor say 'Aye.'" - -The response to this appeal did not come at once. The boys thought this -rather a tame ending to their contemplated sport. - -"One good turn deserves another," said the General, persuasively. -"Remember that Uncle Simon has helped most of you out of some -difficulty. Now, once more, all in favor say 'Aye.'" - -This time there was not a boy that did not respond. The cliffs around -echoed with the young voices. - -With the General's assistance they set to work. Two large logs were laid -on each sledge, with a third log on the top, and some brush that Max -said would do for Uncle Simon's kindling wood. - -"Eight boys to a sledge, four on each side, with a firm grasp on the -strap, and no racing, unless--well, unless you have to keep up with the -other sledge," commanded the General. "Now on with your skates again." - -"Can you skate, General?" asked Gordon. - -"Skate? Of course I can. Brigade is a pretty high-sounding name for so -small a company, but we shall do the work of one." - -"The fire is pretty low," said Jack, regretfully, as he looked at the -fast-dying flames. - -"I don't care," said Hugh Bently. "Uncle Simon sha'n't suffer from cold -if I can help it." - -Before starting off, General Washington produced a large covered basket -from behind a log. This he placed on the front of one of the sledges, -and secured firmly. He said that it was his present to Uncle Simon. - -While these scenes were being enacted at the Curve, Uncle Simon, in his -cottage at the Ledge, sat by his hearth, looking despondently into the -fire that was fast disappearing up the chimney in smoke. His thoughts -ran something in this way: - -"I shall have to go to bed pretty soon and stay there to keep warm. No -more wood, and nothin' to eat in the house." - -Here a twinge of rheumatism made him screw up his face, and his thoughts -became, in consequence, still more bitter. - -"I've done many a good turn to folks in my life. Every boy in Landon -ought to be here this minute waiting on me. The ungrateful little -rascals, never to think of--" Just here his thoughts were interrupted by -a loud rap on the door. "Come in," said Uncle Simon, starting up, then -sinking back in his chair as another twinge seized him. "Come in." - -But he was not prepared to see sixteen of the young rascals march in -with skates on their arms, and headed by a tall figure in military dress -carrying a basket. The small room was full. - -"What's this? What's this?" said the old man. - -"We are the Landon Skating Brigade," said their leader. "Our -headquarters are at the Curve, and we have brought you some wood and -some provisions for Washington's birthday. We intend to split the wood, -too." - -The boys looked at one another in dismay. This was more than they had -bargained for, and Ralph gave a low growl of disapproval. The spirit of -the occasion, however, was on them, and the General went on, -uninterrupted: - -"Perhaps you don't remember the boy you fished out of the Dip five -summers ago, just as he was going down the third time?" With this remark -the General took off his cocked-hat, and with it came the wig. - -"George Hastings!" exclaimed the old man. - -"Yes, George Washington Hastings." Young Hastings explained that he was -home from college to spend his birthday, had heard of Uncle Simon having -a visit from his old enemy, the rheumatism, and of the preparations -going on at the Curve. "Then I planned this campaign," he ended. - -"It beats everythin'--it beats everythin'! You are a second George -Washington," said Uncle Simon, in a choked voice. - -The boys made three more trips to the Ledge that night, and on the last -one they insisted on giving George Washington a ride. - -Uncle Simon did not suffer any more from cold or hunger, for he was -cared for by the Landon Skating Brigade. - - - - -FOR KING OR COUNTRY. - -A Story of the Revolution. - -BY JAMES BARNES. - -CHAPTER XVIII. - -A CONFUSION OF IDENTITY. - - -After Abel Norton had left the young man whom he supposed to be his -friend George Frothingham, the spy, he hurried over to the westward -toward the rocky shore of the Hudson. Abel had never seen the "other -half," and did not know that George had a twin brother who might pass -for his reflection in a mirror, even to the curve of his little -finger-tip. - -The scheme for the capture of General Howe or his brother had fallen -through completely, and the two gentlemen, for some reason, had been -more wary than usual about accepting promiscuous invitations. Abel's -only wish now was to assist in relieving George (now that his wound -enabled him some freedom) from the danger of being a "mysterious -prisoner." He knew that if the latter's identity were disclosed he would -get short shrift and no favor. - -"Was it not lucky I met him? They must fare well at the sugar-house," -Abel said to himself, as he plunged down a steep bank into a rocky -hollow. - -There was a cluster of huts nestling opposite. Wooden screens from which -in the spring and fall the fish-nets were hung to dry surrounded them. A -few boats were hauled bottom upward before the door, and the icy water -of the Hudson lapped the shore of a small inlet only a stone's throw -distant. As he reached the door of one of the larger hovels he was -seized with a violent attack of coughing, and in the midst of it the -door was opened, and a rough, bearded man stood there holding a -flickering candle, which he was shielding with his knotty fingers. - -"What in the name of glory have we here?" he asked. - -"Jonas, good friend, it is I," spluttered Abel. "There's work for you -and Roger to-night, and money in it." - -"Well," replied the man, speaking in a deep drawling tone, "come -inside." - -He held the door open, and Mr. Norton essayed to pass him. A coughing -fit more violent than the first struck him like an internal hurricane, -and, being close to the candle, the blast from his lips extinguished the -light in an instant. - -"You must have swallowed the north wind," said the fisherman. "Roger, -lad, get a light." - -There was a movement in the further corner, and a young man raking -together the embers of the fire in the large stone fireplace. A blaze -broke out, and the candle was soon relit, throwing dancing shadows over -the beams strung with gill and seine nets. Piles of floats were littered -about, a sheaf of oars and a few sturgeon lances stood in the corner. -The floor was covered with shavings. - -"And what is the business on a night like this?" spoke up the younger -man, whom the other addressed as "Roger." - -"You are to row a silent man across the river." - -"It's a bad night to cross," growled the older fisherman, looking out -through the little window at the snow-flakes sifting through the ray of -light. - -"There's gold for you in the venture," coughed Abel Norton, who had -regained his composure partly, but was wheezing badly. He shook the -water from the shoulders of his great coat, and dove into a capacious -pocket. "This will be doubled if you succeed," he said, putting two gold -pieces on the edge of a sawhorse. - -"What time and where, Mr. Norton?" said the younger man, more -respectfully. - -"Be at Striker's wharf at eleven o'clock. A tall young man will hail -you. Ask no questions, but put him on the other side. He may add -something to this himself." - -"Will we try it, lad?" put in the older fisherman. - -"Aye," was the response; "we have butted the tide at a worse hour for -good reason." - -A minute more Abel was outside and climbing the bank; he skirted through -the vacant fields, and again was amidst the houses. The effect of his -illness was apparent, his steps were rather faltering, and it was ten -o'clock when he reached Broadway. He turned down the lane, and stopped -before the brick house in which Mr. Anderson had once held his school. -He knocked on the door, and a lanky servant girl admitted him. "I would -see your master at once," said Abel, as he passed on into the study. - -Mr. Anderson was seated at the end of the long table, his great horn -spectacles giving him an expression of constant surprise. A green shade -shielded his eyes from the glare of a bright lamp. "Gadzooks!" he -exclaimed. "Are you not taking risks, out on such a night as this?" - -"There are larger risks often taken," responded the older man, throwing -himself back in a chair and pulling at his neckerchief. "I am going to -break a rule, for the matter is urgent. We must talk despite the embargo -laid on certain subjects of conversation. Listen. Our young friend has -escaped. Number Four has broken out." - -"I did not know it was to be to-night," said Mr. Anderson. "Are you -sure? I was at the prison this afternoon, and saw no signal. You -remember, if everything was ready, he was to place two crusts of bread -outside the door of his cell. Only one was there. That meant to-morrow." - -"Nevertheless, I saw him and talked with him not two hours agone," -answered Abel. - -"The boat--" began the schoolmaster, excitedly. - -"They will meet him at Striker's wharf at eleven o'clock. The last -patrol goes down at half past ten." - -"You have done good work; but one more question, and then, we will -resume the rules. How was he dressed?" - -"In the uniform of a British officer," answered Abel. - -"Whew!" whistled Mr. Anderson. "There may be some mistake." - -"No chance of it," said Abel. "I talked with him." - -Mr. Anderson had arisen and taken off his spectacles. He reached down -from a hook a fine fur-lined coat, and was stretching it across his -shoulders. "You had best home and to bed, good friend," he said. "We'll -say no more upon the subject. It's a fine night." - -"Aye, for in-doors," coughed Abel Norton; and both conspirators passed -out into the cold air. They parted on the door-step. It had stopped -snowing. - -A wise plan for plotters to follow is that of never referring, even -amongst themselves, by word of mouth to the matter they wish kept -secret. If each receives his instructions from one source, and acts -accordingly, there is a better chance for success and less danger of -detection. - -The friends of American liberty that had remained banded together in the -city for the purpose of supplying Washington with information had -adopted this wise plan. Their orders were received from Number One, who -was none other than that trusted servant of the King, Rivington, printer -by special appointment to his Majesty. This worthy had come to the -patriot cause early in the fall. But he was the last man to suspect. - -The conspirators were seldom or never seen in one another's company, and -some were not even supposed to know the others. The action and -discoveries of each, however, were made understood by their system of -cipher correspondence. As an instance of the relation, the captain and -lieutenant (Rivington and Anderson) were supposed to be on terms of -bitter enmity. - -The latter was now making all haste to gain the lower part of town. A -suspicion had seized him that perhaps everything was not right. When he -came to the City Arms he hurried into the coffee-room. - -A young officer with a deep bass voice was singing a song full of sighs -and apostrophes to some distant fair one. - -Mr. Anderson slid into an empty chair and joined in the noise and -applause that followed the musical effort. He then turned to his -neighbor. - -"Ah, Captain Markham," he said, "have you seen our handsome young -friend, Lieutenant Frothingham, to-night?" - -"I was talking to him less than an hour ago," replied the Captain, who, -strange to say, was not in his cups. "He was to return, I take it, from -what he said." - -Hardly had bespoken the words when the subject of them entered. -William's face wore a preoccupied expression, and seeing one of the inn -servants, he beckoned him to one side. Mr. Anderson caught the gesture, -and noticed that the servant had followed the Lieutenant into the -hallway. - -If by chance he could have seen what occurred he would have been -surprised, for, after a short conversation, the servant departed with -three gold pieces clinking in his palm. He had then made his way to the -stables and aroused one of the tall young grooms. From the stables he -had walked to William's lodgings with a complete suit of the groom's -clothing over his arm. It comprised a short jacket and leather gaiters -like those worn by the young prisoner at the sugar-house, a good costume -for facing the snow. - -William entered the room a second time, and seeing Mr. Anderson, dragged -a chair across and sat down close to him. - -The little schoolmaster drew a secret from a simple nature with as much -delight as a keen terrier would draw a badger from his hiding-place. - -"What do you think has happened?" he inquired, to see how much the young -man knew. - -"Concerning what?" answered William, on his guard. - -"Concerning the person uppermost in your mind," returned the -schoolmaster. - -"I hope nothing ill," was William's anxious interruption. - -"No, no, perhaps not ill. 'Twas good you warned me." - -"It has caused me many sleepless hours," said William. "Let us draw -apart, for I must talk freely with you." - -They pushed back their chairs, and sought a deserted corner by the open -fireplace. - -"As a lad," remarked Mr. Anderson, "your brother was not prone to waste -words. You are like him. Talk quickly." - -"I am betwixt two fires," said the young man--"my duty and my -affections, Mr. Anderson. You know me. I love my brother as I love my -life, but I serve my--" - -"King," suggested the schoolmaster. - -"King," repeated William, wondering why he had found it so difficult to -say country, as he had intended. "I would die to save my brother's life, -I think most honestly," went on the young Lieutenant. "I would that he -was free, but I cannot, any more than you, connive at the escape of a -prisoner who might bear important news to the enemy. There is nothing -wrong in feigning to know naught of his existence, but to aid in his -escape I could not. Therefore I told you, and left the matter in your -hands, knowing your interest. You think not harshly of me? Pray think -how you would feel were you in my position. I feel sometime as if I were -not young at all, as if the separation from the brother who is in my -heart had aged me far beyond my years, so deeply do I feel it." - -"You said that you could trust me with his welfare. Now, prithee, what -has brought the subject up in this new light?" asked Schoolmaster -Anderson. "Remember that should it be known who he was, and the -authorities should find out what a dangerous person had been amongst -them, his life would not be worth the dregs in that wine-glass." - -William shuddered. "There's a plot to aid in his escape." - -"That I know well," returned the schoolmaster. "If it were frustrated -and he kept safe, you would rejoice--hey?" - -"'Twould be my duty," returned William. - -"Have you aught against the calling of a spy?" inquired Schoolmaster -Anderson. - -William reflected. "If it were base to be one," he replied, "my brother -George would have been far from it, that I promise you. A spy risks his -life to serve his king--" - -"Or country," put in Mr. Anderson. "Ay, he is usually a brave, fearless -man, and should not be condemned. He can harm no one but his enemy." - -"The stake he plays for is his life," continued William. - -"Now the one who spoke to you to-night--" said Mr. Anderson, as if -carrying on a train of thought of his own. - -"Spoke to me, sir? I said naught concerning that," answered the young -man, hastily. - -"If he had knowledge who you were--" - -"But he mistook me," again interrupted William. "What are you driving -at? To whom do you refer?" - -"His name has slipped me," replied the schoolmaster. "You may be able to -jog my memory. I saw you talking with him a short while ago. I can find -out easily." - -"No; listen," said William. And then he told of his meeting with Abel -Norton, and the conversation in the doorway, omitting, however, entirely -the reference to the boat. - -When he had finished Mr. Anderson replied. "This is interesting news to -me," he said; "but it was not to this strange person that I referred. It -was to your neighbor at the table, Captain--what's his name?--over -there, who had been talking to you before you left. So that was an -adventure on the street? What are you going to do?" - -William saw that he had been trapped into telling what he had better, -perhaps, have kept quiet. "I have been ordered to the forces at the -north," he said, confused. - -"Indeed?" replied Schoolmaster Anderson. "Success to you. I judged that -you were not a kind to idle in tavern parlors, or your regiment one to -grow stale in barracks." - -"But I am going alone," said William, entrapped again. - -"Ah!" said the schoolmaster; "much better, mayhap; changes are oft for -the best." A roar of laughter from the table attracted his attention. -"Come, we are missing all the gayety," he said. And slipping his arm -through William's, he strolled up and joined the group, who were -listening to a red-faced adjutant relating a story of being lost in an -Irish bog. - -When William looked around a moment or so later the schoolmaster had -disappeared. - -He had slipped away unnoticed, and his nimble feet were flying up the -road. He swung about the corner into Vine Street. The sentry at the door -of the prison was fast asleep, his heavy head resting on his folded -arms. The schoolmaster ducked adroitly underneath him and opened the -door; he crossed the court-yard to the prison entrance, and pulled the -bell. There was a stirring within, and the jailer stood there -unsteadily, half asleep, with a blanket thrown about his shoulders. - -"What want you now?" he asked. - -"The prisoner on the second floor," said Schoolmaster Anderson. "His -Lordship would have him examined. Know you whether he has a birth-mark -on his cheek?" - -"I don't know or care," answered the jailer. - -"'Tis to decide a wager," said the little man, clicking his heels -together, "and if he has not one, half of it is for yourself. You -remember the inspection the other day?" - -"Ay," said the jailer. "Is the bet for a large amount?" - -"Wait until you hear," laughed the schoolmaster. "I saw it plainly. -Come, let us up, I say." - -But now the jailer took a sudden turn. "I would not have him disturbed. -I have a kindly feeling for the lad." - -"What, turning soft-hearted?" answered the schoolmaster, who had already -pushed half up the stairway. He picked up a lantern from the wall. - -"Leave the poor lad alone," said the jailer, gruffly. - -By this time the sound of Mr. Anderson's heels was echoing down the -corridor. He held the lantern above his head, and a look of astonishment -spread over his features. - -He retraced his steps to where the jailer stood, leaning against the -wall, his hands outstretched for support. - -"You may save your pity and your solicitude," said Mr. Anderson, banging -up the lantern. "There will be some reckoning made for this condition of -affairs to-night." - -"What? What?" stammered the jailer. - -"Mark what I say," went on the schoolmaster, looking the other squarely -in the face with his twinkling ferretlike eyes. "Your prisoner has -escaped. You careless sluggard!" - -Of course all this requires an explanation. - -It had been a momentous day for the prisoner in the little cell. The -signal, as agreed upon in another cipher letter which had been smuggled -in to him, was this: If the bars were ready to be misplaced he would put -two crusts of bread outside the doorway of his cell; if for any reason -the time should be postponed, only one would be placed on the flagging. -Some one on an ostensible visit to another part of the jail would be on -the lookout for this simple sign. It happened that just before this -visit was paid, the under jailer, unseen, swept away one of the crusts -of bread, so the signal appeared to read for the following night. - -The bars, however, were ready to be removed. It would take but a slight -exertion to make a hole large enough for him to draw his body through. -But how to escape from the door below or to pass the sentry at the -gateway? - -When the second jailer appeared early in the evening, George stopped him -and handed him five golden guineas. "Have a feast at my expense," he -said. "Share it with the people here who have been so good to me; to-day -is my birthday." (This was a fact, and, for that reason, William's as -well.) "Listen, also; go you to Fraunce's Tavern and buy four bottles of -the best Lone Star Madeira. Present them to the head prison-keeper with -the compliments of an officer. Pretend you do not know from whom they -come. He might not accept them from a prisoner in his care." - -Probably the man had never held so much gold in the grasp of his dirty -fingers before. He fairly grovelled. "Lord bless you, sir, leave me to -do the lying," he said. - -George's last generous offer had almost proved his undoing, for shortly -after dark he had heard the sounds of carousing and some merriment from -the jailer's quarters. The sentry at the head of the stairs had -disappeared, and the sound of the file biting away the last remaining -bits of steel would have been audible were it not for the clamor below. -He was about to push the loosened iron out when a wheezy voice humming a -snatch of a song was heard coming down the corridor. It was the head -jailer. - - "Stone walls do not a prison make, nor iron bars a cage," - -he chanted thickly. "I can be generous as well as other folk. I am not a -hard man. My guest of honor must drink with me." In an instant he was -before the doorway. "Here's a good health to you, my unknown friend. -Long live the King!" With that the jailer wavered unsteadily and tossed -off a glass of Madeira. - -George feared that he was about to be discovered, and pretended sleep; -but this was all the visit amounted to, for soon he heard the heavy -footsteps lumber down the stairway, still protesting that it was not "a -flint heart." - -Now was the time. George pushed the bars gently, and they came off -without much trouble. He laid them on the quilt, and drew himself -through the aperture, then he tiptoed carefully down the steps. - -A ray of light from a room to the right showed that the door was partly -ajar. He looked inside. The jailer was fast asleep. Before him on the -table wore three empty bottles of Madeira. A heavy military cloak hung -from a peg at one side, and a huge three-cornered hat above it. George -throw the cloak about his shoulders and placed the hat upon his head. It -came down over his ears. He drew the bolt of the big front door and -stepped out under the stars--for it had ceased snowing--and into the -court-yard. The only entrance was guarded by a man leaning on his -musket. - -How to pass him was the question. But as the young fugitive drew nearer -he perceived that the tall soldier was fast asleep. He was leaning on -one side of the door with his foot propped against a post on the other. -His leg made a barrier. - -Making his body as small as possible, George essayed to stoop under the -outstretched leg; but his shoulder jostled the sentry, and he awoke. -George recognized the ex-corporal. - -"Well, well, McCune," he said, shaking the man roughly; "asleep at your -post, man! It will never do!" - -The sentry drew himself up as best he could, and his musket snapped to a -present. "Pardon me, Lieutenant," he said. "Do not report me, or I will -get the lash." The poor fellow trembled as he spoke. - -"Let it not occur again," said George, "and I will see." - -"May the saints bless you, sir!" said the sentry thickly, as he watched -the figure of his supposed officer disappearing about the corner. It was -at this moment that Anderson and William were holding their talk at the -tavern. - -At eleven o'clock a small boat jumped about under the rafters at the end -of Striker's wharf. A man with a boat-hook held it securely against the -pier head. - -"'Tis time he were coming," he said to another behind. - -[Illustration: IN AN INSTANT THE BOAT SWEPT OUT INTO THE SWIRLING TIDE.] - -At that moment a soft hail was heard, and a young man bent over the edge -of the timbers. In an instant he had lowered himself into the boat, the -oars were manned, and it had swept out into the swirling tide of the -river. - -Hardly had it disappeared when another figure of the same size and -general appearance came on a quick walk to the water's edge. He hailed -softly, looking under the pier. - -There was no answer, or no boat in sight. The cloaked figure then turned -about and hurried back to the eastward. - -Had something gone amiss? - -[TO BE CONTINUED.] - - - - -MYSTERIES OF STAGE SCENERY. - -BY W. J. HENDERSON. - - -You have taken off your overcoat and made yourself as comfortable as -possible in an angular little folding-chair that never was intended to -give any human being a minute's comfort. The orchestra has crashed -through the last measures of the overture. The footlights are turned up; -the auditorium lights are turned down; the curtain rises. You see a -beautiful valley, winding away among very purple mountains till it loses -itself in the crimson of the glowing sunset. The sky is as luminous as -if it were nature itself, and you are almost tempted to believe that the -rear wall of the theatre has been removed, and that you are looking out -at something real. Presently you notice a few soft fleecy clouds -drifting across the sky. The crimson fades gradually, and the pale gray -of a brief twilight follows. The sky grows darker and darker, and -presently you see the twinkle of a single star, then another and -another. And now a gentle greenish glow begins to pervade the scene. It -increases in power till the stage is flooded with the bright refulgence -of a summer moon. The whole thing is beautifully managed, and is most -realistic. - -[Illustration: MAKING THE FIRE IN THE LAST SCENE OF "DIE WALKÜRE." - -Calciums, Cloud-machine, Lycopodium Torch, Red Fire, and Steam-box in -Operation.] - -But after a time the moonlight fades out, and leaves behind it a -threatening gloom. A dull distant peal of thunder proclaims the approach -of a storm. There is a flash of lightning. The storm breaks. Peal upon -peal of crashing thunder rends the sky. The wind howls and shrieks, and -the sharp cut of the driving rain is distinctly heard. The curtain falls -at the end of the act, and you rub your eyes and wonder if you have been -dreaming or have really seen these things on a wooden stage. - -The next act shows a scene in the forest, and as the sunlight filters -through the rustling leaves, the dancing shadows on rock and trunk are -plainly seen. Again the scene changes. This time it is a fire. The stage -is filled with flames and smoke and the crash of falling timbers. You -are almost tempted to believe that the house is really afire. But the -same old curtain comes down at the end, and only a strong smell of -powder reminds you of what you have seen. In the last act of this -surprising play the hero and heroine, converted into disembodied -spirits, go to the heavenly regions on a winged horse; and you see them, -glowing with supernatural light, go flying across the deep blue sky. You -leave the theatre in a state of wonder. - -How is it all done? - -Of course I have been imagining a play in which many different effects -were combined; but nevertheless you have seen these illusions, though -not all in the same play. - -Spectral appearances are often managed nowadays with a stereopticon. For -instance, in _Siegfried_ there is a scene in the forest in which the -music of the opera is supposed to depict the rustling of the leaves. In -order to heighten the effect of this scene it is customary to produce -the illusion of the flickering of the sunlight caused by the waving -foliage. This is done by means of movable glasses, something like the -arrangement of a kaleidoscope without the variety of colors. The white -light is thrown through these moving glasses, and the audience sees the -waving shadows, as if caused by sunlight filtering through wind-shaken -leaves. In the last act of _Die Walküre_ the sisters of Brünnhilde are -heard coming through the air to their customary place of assembly to the -wild measures of the "Ride of the Valkyries." It is also necessary that -they should be seen. This necessity is fulfilled by the stereopticon. A -picture of a Valkyr maid mounted on her steed is thrown on the dark -drop-curtain at the back of the stage, and is made to pass from the -upper left-hand corner down to the lower right-hand corner. By keeping -the power of the light at a moderate pitch, the picture is prevented -from being too hard and definite. Again, when the sisters, fleeing -before the angry Wotan, depart in a body, a picture representing the -group passes from the lower right-hand corner to the upper left-hand -corner, while the stormy music of the "Ride" dies away. The effect is -very fine indeed. - -In the _Flying Dutchman_ there is a view of the sea in the first scene, -and a gale of wind is supposed to be blowing. The audience sees thin, -gray, filmy scud scurrying across the sky from the beginning of the -scene until the gale ends. This is also a stereopticon effect, and is -produced by passing properly painted glasses across the opening of the -lens. These few instances will give the reader some idea of the part -which the stereopticon now plays in the illusions of the stage. It -cannot be said that the results are always satisfactory, and, no doubt, -in the course of time a better plan will be introduced. - -One of the most familiar and beautiful effects produced upon the stage -is the change from day to night or from night to day. The former, owing -to the conditions surrounding stage illusions, is the more striking, and -is that most frequently seen. In order to produce this effect the -rearmost piece of scenery is a "drop," which is made about double the -height of the ordinary scenes. This drop is painted to represent sky. -The lower half is colored with the bright tints of the sunset, and these -gradually blend in the middle of the drop into the subdued shades of a -moonlit night. Sometimes the setting sun itself is shown, and this is -effected by cutting a circular hole in the drop, pasting a piece of red -muslin over the back of it, and putting a light behind it. The drop is -now hung so that the lower half alone is visible. Now the scenery of the -distance is painted upon a separate piece, which is "profiled"--that is, -the irregular line made by trees, houses, mountains, etc., is cut out -with a circular saw. This profile piece is set about four feet in front -of the sky drop. Some six or eight feet further toward the front is hung -what is called a cut-gauze drop, though this is sometimes omitted, -especially if the view at the rear embraces an expanse of water. If it -is woods, however, the cut-gauze drop is always used. This drop has -sides and a top of canvas, painted as the case requires. The open -central part is filled with stout gauze netting, which gives a charming -aerial effect to the distance. - -Now all is ready for the sunset except the lights, which are arranged -thus: Behind the profile a row runs across the stage to throw its light -on the lower part of the sky drop. The top part is illuminated by the -border lights. A similar arrangement is made in front of the profile, -while the foreground depends for its light on the borders and -footlights. In all new theatres these are electric lights in three -circuits. One circuit consists of lights with white globes, another red, -and the third green. For broad daylight effects the white are used. In -the scene we are describing, beginning with sunset, the red circuit is -turned on. Calcium-lights with red glasses are stationed at the sides of -the stage, and thus the whole scene is suffused with a glow of red -light. The change from sunset to moonlight is effected by slowly and -imperceptibly lowering the sky drop. As the sun disappears behind the -distant hills the red "mediums," as they are called, are turned off and -the green ones gradually turned on. When the night sky has fairly got -down to its place the green mediums are all turned on at full force, and -green glasses are placed in front of the calciums. The stage appears now -to be flooded with moonlight. Of course the moon cannot be shown, for it -would naturally be too far toward the audience. I was once in a theatre -where the sun went down behind a mountain, and in half a minute the moon -rose in the very same place. And the strangest part of it was that the -audience did not pay any attention to this astounding freak of nature. - -[Illustration: BEHIND THE SCENES. - -Man up in the Flies producing flickering Sunlight.] - -The change from moonlight to sunrise is, of course, effected by simply -reversing the process just described. Either one of these changes may be -rendered more effective by certain additions. For instance, in the -sunset part of the drop all the spaces between the clouds may be cut -out. Muslin is then pasted over these openings, and is painted to -represent the sky between the clouds. By placing lights behind this -muslin a beautiful transparent sky is produced, and by gradually -changing the color and intensity of the light as the sun goes down the -appearance of the scene is made very realistic. This method is seldom -employed, except in plays in which the scenic effects are an important -element. A moonlit river is made also by cutting out the canvas, putting -in muslin, and lighting it from the rear. - -Moonrise is produced with a sky drop, cut out between the clouds, as in -the case of the sunset just described, and a "moon-box." This moon-box -is simply a box with a circular hole cut in one side of it. Over this -hole is pasted a piece of white muslin, and inside the box is a light. -The box is placed behind the muslin sky drop, with the hole against the -drop. The light is turned on, and the moon is drawn slowly upward by -wires. Of course the illuminated face of the moon shows through the -muslin, and disappears when it passes behind the thick canvas clouds. By -having another piece of muslin painted red, and imperceptibly fading to -white in its upper part, the orb of night can be made to appear red at -the horizon, and gradually change to pale yellow as it floats upward, -just as it does on a summer night. A few floating clouds may be added to -the general effect by hanging in front of the sky drop a gauze drop with -a few muslin clouds sewn on it, and moving the whole slowly. These -matters charm the eye and create an illusion when they are skilfully -managed. - -I spoke of a moonlit river. Sometimes you see in the theatre a river or -a bay which does not simply lie calmly luminous under the rays of the -stage moon, but which sparkles with dancing ripples. This is a very -pretty stage effect, and is by no means difficult to produce. The -position of the moon having been determined, the next thing is to make -what Mr. Howard Pyle so gracefully describes as the "moon path." -Beginning at the upper edge of the water, a number of irregular holes -are cut in the scene. These are then covered on the back with muslin, -and the whole is painted over to represent water. Behind these holes is -placed an endless sheet of canvas, passing around two cylinders of wood, -one at the top and the other at the bottom. The lower cylinder has a -crank by which the sheet is turned. In the sheet are cut a number of -holes similar to those in the scene. A strong light is now placed -between the two sides of the sheet. When the crank is turned the -flashing of the light from the moving holes in the sheet through the -stationary ones in the scene produces a fine ripple. It is necessary to -turn the crank so that the front part of the sheet is always ascending, -because in this way the holes through which the light flows pass -upward, and that makes the mimic waves seem to dance upward toward the -sky. Sometimes the man who turns the crank becomes tired, and the -audience is surprised to see the ripples go by fits and starts. For this -reason an electric motor is better, or a steam attachment, if such a -thing can be had in the theatre. The moonlit sky above the waters may be -improved by the addition of a few twinkling stars, and these are easily -enough produced by hanging large spangles on bent pins. The slightest -tremor of the drop will cause them to shake, and the flashing of the -light which they reflect produces the illusion of twinkling. - - - - -STUDYING TO BE MUSICIANS. - - -Some agreeable writer, whose name I have forgotten, said that there was -no art which had so many devotees as music, and none of which there was -such widespread ignorance. If I should say that there must be in the -city of New York not less than 50,000 girls engaged in learning how to -play upon the piano, I should perhaps astonish some of the readers of -this paper, yet it is my firm belief that these figures are much too -small. Such institutions as the National Conservatory of Music and the -New York College of Music have each from 600 to 800 piano students, and -there are some thirty smaller conservatories in the city. The number of -private pupils is enormous, and one often wonders whether it can be -possible that Americans are so fond of music that every family contains -a student. The truth is, however, that nine-tenths of the girls who -study the piano--I had almost said study music, but they do not do -that--are actuated not by a love of music, but simply by a desire to -possess an accomplishment. These young women are quite contented if they -can acquire sufficient technical skill to perform a few brilliant, showy -pieces in such a manner as to surprise their friends. There are a few, -of course, who learn to play the piano because they are really fond of -music, and desire to be able to give themselves artistic pleasure. And -there are a few others who are studying seriously in the hope of -becoming fine artists, capable of delighting the public, or, at the -worst, of becoming professors in conservatories. Even then they are not -much worse off than the great artists of the concert stage, for it is -only once in a generation that a man like Paderewski arises, who can -earn hundreds of thousands of dollars. Most of the noted pianists are -compelled to teach in order to make a living, for concert engagements -are not numerous. Their devotion to their art is the result of a deep -and absorbing love for it, which must be its own reward. - -Life in the music schools of New York is by no means as picturesque as -life in the art schools, so charmingly described by Mr. Ralph; but it is -interesting, and it has a remarkable jargon of its own, quite -unintelligible to the non-musical person. The girls--the boy students -are very few--flock to the New York schools from the entire surrounding -country. Every morning train brings them from Newark, Paterson, -Elizabeth, Yonkers, Tarrytown, Nyack, Greenwich, and other outlying -towns and cities, where, indeed, good teachers may often be found, but -not the advantage of conservatory systems. The New York girls come in -street cars, in carriages with liveried coachmen, and on foot, for the -students are of all classes. It is an inspiriting sight to see them -trooping in on a stormy winter morning, with their heavy wraps, their -snow-covered furs, their stout overshoes, their arms full of music, -their cheeks full of roses, and their eyes dancing with the glow of -exercise. Then there is the usual chatter about the lessons as they -assemble in the waiting-room. - -"Oh, I don't believe I shall ever manage that queer passage in the -bass--the one where the chord of five notes is, don't you know?" - -"Yes, I had that sonata last year; but, my dear, it's child's play to -the Schumann piece I have now." - -"Oh, dear!" says another, drearily, "I do wish that Bach had never -lived. I'm sure I can't see anything pretty in his eternal fugues." - -"Well, I don't think they're any worse than these Deppe two-finger -exercises." - -"Wait till you begin counterpoint, dear," says another, consolingly. - -And then the bell strikes, and off they all go, still chattering, to the -various class-rooms or lesson-rooms. A few minutes later the -conservatory becomes a dreadful babel of confused sounds. Down in the -basement some one is groaning out an organ fugue by Thiele, with a great -clattering of heels on the pedals. On the first floor the sight-reading -class is droning angularly a part song by Weinzierl in the large room, -while in the apartment next to them the "gold medal" pupil is pounding -Schumann's Etudes Symphoniques into sounding brass without any tinkling -of cymbals. Upstairs one young woman is pursuing the uneven sopranos of -her way up and down the scale, a boy is playing a violin étude in -several kinds of pitch, and a dozen girls are hammering out their -semi-weekly allowance of Bach, Beethoven, Weber, Mozart, and Chopin all -at once. The teachers--German, Polish, Russian, French, Italian, -occasionally American--sit, stand, or pace the floor, according to their -temperaments, and correct, guide, and urge gently or excitably as the -case may be. - -"No, my dear, the accent on the second beat, and the pedal taken after -it, and held over to the first beat of the next bar." - -"Ach! You, dere! You play mit your knuckle! Vat is dat? Bay, bay; hit de -bay!" - -"Ah, mon enfant! You sing wiz ze troat vide oppen, so--ba-a-a-ah. Is it -not? Vell, I vish you sing viz ze glottis a lettle pinch, so--bu-u-u-uh. -Now, sing." - -And the unhappy pupil closes her throat up, as if she had a sort of -artistic croup, and tries to force her voice through by main strength. -In the mass of pupils in the conservatory there are always twenty or -thirty who are studying seriously, with the hope of making artistic -careers for themselves. These do not simply study the pianos or singing; -they study music, which is a vastly more laborious undertaking. For once -a week there is the lesson in harmony, which is one of the driest and -most discouraging topics in the world. Yet no one can be said to know -anything about music who does not understand harmony. Just think of -it--harmony, counterpoint and fugue, form, theory, composition, -instrumentation, sight-reading, history of music. Those are the subjects -which the educated musician must know, and they are all taught in the -regular music-schools. Harmony is the science of chords, you know. The -teacher explains the laws by which the various intervals are governed, -leading the pupil step by step till he has advanced from a simple -"resolution" like this: - -[Illustration] - -to something like this: - -[Illustration] - -Then comes that wonderful art of counterpoint, culminating in the -building of a grand and complex composition out of two little phrases, -called subject and answer, which flash and frown one against the other -like lightnings against a blue-black sky. The student has to learn all -about form--how a symphony is constructed from the humble beginning of a -simple motive like this: - -[Illustration] - -Furthermore, he must study instrumentation, and learn how the small army -of voices in the modern orchestra are to be used. He must know their -compass, their capacity for fast performance, the notes upon which it is -possible to make trills, the keys in which they stand, and, above all, -the character of the writing best suited to them. And again, he must be -acquainted with the history of his art, for without it he is quite -ignorant of the purposes of the composers whose works he attempts to -perform. What a light it throws upon the correct interpretation of -Mozart to know that in his day smoothness, finish, and a singing tone -were the requisites of good playing. What a valuable thing it is for the -pupil to know that Mozart desired to have the passages flow like oil, -and that he was opposed to all decided violations of the time. What a -flood of illumination it throws on all music to know the meaning of the -three great periods of musical history, polyphonic, classic, and -romantic. These subjects are taught to classes by lectures and special -teachers; but it is a sufficient evidence of the light-mindedness with -which most pupils approach, music that not more than five per cent. of -the conservatory students enter these classes. The composition classes, -of course, are only for very advanced students. Indeed, in Dr. Antonin -Dvoràk's composition class at the National Conservatory several -well-known composers are to be found. - -And what do the music students outside of their study and practice -hours? You can see them by the dozen at concerts and at the opera. They -are especially conspicuous at the matinée entertainments. They have a -school-girlish look, coupled with an air of wisdom, and they devote -great attention to pianists' hands and arms. If the student is an -aspiring young vocalist, she uses her opera-glass continually. I said to -one of them at an opera matinée once, - -"Why do you constantly watch Madame Lehmann through your opera-glass?" - -"Well," she replied, "my teacher says that I must keep my tongue flat, -because all good singers do, and I'm trying to see how Madame Lehmann -holds hers." - -"And how does she?" - -"I can't see it all; I believe she has swallowed it." - -Another said to me: - -"I am watching Mr. Paderewski's wrists. My teacher says I must keep my -wrists up, and there he goes every few minutes and lets his drop below -the key-board." - -"Perhaps when you are as far advanced as Mr. Paderewski," I suggested, -"your teacher will allow you to do as you please with your wrists." - -It takes time and devotion to make a good musician. I know that Mr. -Paderewski is in the habit of practising from four to six hours a day, -in addition to the performance of his long and difficult concert -programmes, in order to preserve the skill which he acquired by long and -wearisome labor. Even the men who play in the orchestras spend several -hours each day in practice, for fingers will grow stiff and awkward -unless they are used constantly. - - - - -FALCONRY, OR "HAWKING." - -BY ZITELLA COCKE. - - -The training of hawks was a recognized profession in the last century. -There were men who devoted their lives to it, and drew immense salaries -for their labor. Louis XIII., who was devoted to this sport, and always -rode out with his falconer and falcon for a hunt before going to mass in -the morning, paid his trainer by the day a sum which seemed fabulous. -Poor Louis XVI. did not care for the sport, and dismissed trainers and -falcons from his service as an unnecessary expense. - -So much time and pains were taken in the training of these birds that it -was the occasion of a regular technical language, understood only by -those who were versed in the art and the sport. Training the bird was -called "manning it." Jesses were part of the bird's equipment, and -consisted of narrow strips of strong leather fastened to its leg, by -which it could be held when not on the hunt. Flat gold or silver rings -called "varvels" were attached to the end of these jesses, with the -owner's name and address written upon them. Bells were frequently tied -to the leg of the bird, so that when it flew out of sight it could be -traced by sound of the bell. To teach the bird to do what was called -"jumping to the fist" was a great art, and took great time and care to -accomplish. And a pretty sight it must have been--a sight quite worthy -of being portrayed in Queen Matilda's embroidered tapestry--to see the -bird, eager and impatient, about to spring to its master's fist. The -graceful motion could not, of course, be represented in a picture, but -as we imagine it, we cannot wonder that hunting with hawks was even more -fascinating than hunting with hounds. And then to see it spring from the -gauntleted fist into the air, and soar far away until it became a mere -speck in the sky, yet never forgetting its resting-place, and returning -to it after a flight of many a mile. - -And this glove, or gauntlet, upon the hand of the falconer, and -sometimes the monarch, was an important feature of the equipment. It -was made of thick buckskin, and the royal gauntlets were wondrously -adorned with gold and silver threads, and even jewels, set in forms -of flowers and family crests. The bird itself often wore a helmet -bedecked with plumes and jewels, to be removed, however, when it -was pluming itself for flight. The call to the hawk was a spirited -cry--"Yo-ho-hup--yohup--yohup"; and another, -"Helover--helow--helow--helover." - -When the bird was taken out and exercised, with a view to keeping him in -good physical condition, as well as in thorough acquaintance with the -various things taught him by his trainer, it was called "weathering." - -The distance accomplished by these birds in a short time seems almost -incredible, and this circumstance alone would make them a terror to -their victims. Few birds could compete with the falcon. Its flight was -as rapid as it was untiring, keeping always a little above the victim, -and swooping down upon it in such a way as to make resistance -impossible. In the air the heron itself was unable to resist his -assailant, but if the two fell to the earth the heron had the advantage, -and the falcon rarely escaped without losing one or both eyes. It was -the eye always at which the heron aimed. A German Duke is said to have -wept bitterly when his favorite falcon, falling to the earth with a -heron in his talons, lost both of its eyes in the encounter which took -place on the ground. - -Lovers of dogs insisted that the hawk came to the "lure" only--the -"lure" being the feed which constitutes a part of the training--and was -never actuated by an affection for its master. But lovers of falconry -declare the falcon to be capable of warm and lasting affection. A -Colonel Johnson, of the Rifle Brigade, was ordered to Canada with his -battalion. He had devoted much time and expense to the "manning," or -training, of two falcons, and he took them with him across the Atlantic. -During the voyage, after feeding them, he would fly them every day. -Sometimes they sailed far out of sight, but always returned to the -master. One evening, after a longer flight than usual, one of the -falcons returned alone; the other, the chief favorite, was missing. -Colonel Johnson made up his mind that he would never see his falcon -again, but one day, after the arrival of the regiment in America, he saw -a paragraph in a Halifax newspaper announcing that the captain of an -American schooner had in his possession a fine hawk, which had suddenly -made its appearance on board his ship during his passage from Liverpool. -Colonel Johnson believed this bird to be his much-prized falcon, and -obtaining leave of absence, started in pursuit of it. He went to -Halifax, saw the captain of the schooner, and asked permission to see -the bird. The captain refused the request, "guessed" that he would keep -the bird himself, and asserted his disbelief in the Englishman's story. -Colonel Johnson proposed that his claim to the ownership of the bird -should be put to the test by an experiment. It was this: Colonel Johnson -was to be admitted to an interview with the hawk, which had shown no -partiality for any person since its arrival in the New World, and had -repelled the caresses of its new owner. If at this meeting it exhibited -unequivocal signs of recognition such as would convince the by-standers -that Colonel Johnson was its original master, the American captain was -to surrender all claim to it. Several Americans present admitted this -test to be perfectly reasonable, and the captain was persuaded to -acquiesce. He went up stairs, and returned with the falcon. The door was -hardly opened before the bird jumped from the captain's fist and perched -upon the shoulder of its long-lost master, rubbing its head against his -cheek, taking hold of his buttons and champing them playfully in its -beak, and evincing by every way in its power its delight and affection. -The verdict was unanimous. Even the hard-hearted captain relented, and -the falcon was restored to its rightful owner. - - - - -PUTTING THE SIXTEEN-POUND SHOT. - -From instantaneous Photographs taken of W. O. Hickok, Inter-collegiate -Champion. - - -[Illustration: 1.] - -[Illustration: 2.] - -[Illustration: 3.] - -[Illustration: 4.] - -[Illustration: 5.] - -[Illustration: 6.] - -[Illustration: 7.] - -[Illustration: 8.] - -[Illustration: 9.] - - - - -[Illustration: INTERSCHOLASTIC SPORT] - - -Although putting the shot and throwing the hammer are events usually -performed by the same man in an athletic competition, it is a fact, -nevertheless, that the two things do not go well together. The hammer -develops the pulling muscles in the back and arms, while the shot, on -the other hand, develops the pushing muscles. - -At one time Hickok, the present inter-collegiate champion, devoted -himself exclusively to the shot, and soon got himself into such form -that he could put 45 feet at any trial. Then he started in to practise -with the hammer, and found his best throw measured only 110 feet--his -best former record being one hundred and forty odd. He kept on -systematically working then at both weights, but he soon noticed that -the shot went down as the hammer went up, so that in a month he could -scarcely do 40 feet. At the next inter-collegiate contest he put the -shot 44 feet, which he considered a lucky performance--and it -was--although before training for the hammer event for the same contest -he had put over 45 feet. - -To become successful in this event requires long and persistent work, -just as in hammer-throwing. Shot-putting is a great science to develop, -and it usually takes several years before an athlete can really become -proficient in the event. The beginner must first strengthen his arms, -giving particular attention to the development of the triceps and -deltoids. This is best accomplished by work on the parallel bars, and by -pounding a bag, as in boxing. The latter exercise cultivates swiftness. -Sprinting is also an important exercise for a shot-putter, for it -teaches him to be quick and light on his feet--a most important feature -of the general preparation. - -In addition to these things he should, of course, constantly work at -putting the shot--in the gymnasium in winter, and on the field in the -open-weather months. Let me say right here to the beginner, always use a -16-lb. shot. Shun a 12-lb. shot as you would a shuttle-cock. If you feel -you are not strong enough to use the regulation weight, do not under any -consideration go into training for the event. Wait until you are strong -enough. There is plenty of time. The shot is an event that only strong -and well-developed young men should indulge in--and if you feel you are -not strong enough to handle sixteen pounds, you had better devote your -energies to some other branch of athletics. The man who works with a -12-lb. shot is like the boy who prepared for entering the cavalry by -riding assiduously on merry-go-rounds. In other words, practice with a -lighter weight is a waste of time; you will have to learn all over again -when you take up the regulation 16-lb. shot. - -The shot is put from a seven-foot circle, along four feet of the -circumference of which is placed a board four inches high. This is the -so-called front of the circle, and the put is measured from this board -to the nearest mark made in the ground by the shot. A fair put is one -that has been made without any part of the competitor's body having -touched in front of the circle or on the board before the measurement is -made. A put is counted a foul if the competitor steps over the front -half of the circle or on the board before the measurement of his put has -been made--and the foul counts as a trial. Therefore be sure to remain -in the circle until the field judge has measured and registered your -put. - -The careful athlete will always spare his right arm as much as he can. -For instance, when he picks up the shot he will hold it in his left -hand, and he will do the same while he steps into the circle and gets -his footing. After this has been secured he will roll the shot over into -his right palm--as shown in illustration No. 3 on the opposite page--and -then he is ready to start. - -Assuming as easy a position as possible, let the shot be well balanced -in the right hand. Do not grip it tightly. In starting off, as shown in -the fourth illustration, place the whole weight of the body upon the -right leg, holding your left arm forward as a balance. Then take a quick -hop with the right leg, all the time keeping the shot as near the -shoulder as possible. Upon alighting after the hop, touch your left foot -to the ground--and it ought to fall very close to the board rim. This is -the position shown in the sixth illustration. The seventh shows the next -movement, which is the transposition of the feet. - -The correct attitude for getting across the circle on this hop is -crouching. Then, as soon as your left foot touches ground, you bring it -swiftly backward, throwing the entire right side of the body forward; -and you turn half around, so that the right shoulder will be in the -exact direction in which the shot is to be put. After the impetus upward -has been given by the legs and body, shoot the arm outward with all the -force at your command, the motion being just such a one as you would -make with the clinched fist against the sparring-bag. This motion--the -change of feet, the lift, the turn, the thrust--is a very rapid one, but -the photographs illustrate it very well in the last two pictures of the -series. Furthermore, this movement must be perfectly uniform from -beginning to end, with no jerks and hitches; but it takes long practice -to acquire a perfect smoothness. - -The shot must be allowed to leave the hand easily, and the forward -effort of the put must be so regulated that the equilibrium of the -performer will be maintained. The perfect performer allows his body to -bend forward just to that point where, should he go half an inch -further, he would be forced to step out of the ring. - -The beginner should practise with the shot for a good period every-day. -He should work until he begins to feel tired, but after he has become -master of the event--say in a year or so--he need practise but two or -three times a week, and he will find that his form and powers are thus -best retained. - -In England the university athletes put the shot from a ten-foot square -instead of a seven-foot circle. This gives them a certain advantage over -American athletes, for they get a longer run, and thus more speed, and -hence a greater momentum at the end. Hickok can put the shot from two to -three feet farther from a ten-foot square than he can from a seven-foot -circle, and with practice he believes that he could do even better. If -an unlimited run, or series of hops, were allowed, the record for -putting the shot would certainly be much greater than it is at present; -but there is no doubt that the average form of athletes who take part in -this event would be very much lower than it is now with the present -scientific restrictions. - -The first important indoor games of the season were held on Saturday, -February 8th, in the Eighth Battalion Armory by the Barnard School. -There were ten events on the programme, all of which were open, and a -cup was offered to the visiting school winning the greatest number of -points. This trophy went to Berkeley, who took two firsts and one -second, and still, no doubt, retained something up her sleeve. - -The Barnard team captured six firsts and two seconds, and showed that -there is plenty of strong material in the school from which to develop a -promising team for out-door work in the spring. All the events were -interesting to watch, there being no handicaps, and the junior races -were especially good, being rather more "for blood," perhaps, than the -others, and being always a better field for surprises, as new material -of an unknown quantity is continually appearing there. - -Four records were broken, and the little fellows did most of the -figure-smashing. W. S. Hipple, who made such a good showing against -Kilpatrick last fall, defeated Irwin-Martin in the quarter-mile run, and -then lowered the half-mile in-door record, made by Martin two years ago, -from 2 m. 14-2/5 sec. to 2 m. 5 sec.! The time of the man who finished -second to Hipple was 2 m. 19-4/5 sec. Beldford lowered the record for -the mile. He took the lead from the start, but had a sharp tussle with -Manuel of Pingry's toward the end, beating him in by only a few yards in -4 m. 54-2/5 sec. - -Moore ran the first heat of the 60-yard dash in 7 seconds, and repeated -his performance when he won in the finals. He took another first in the -220, which was the only sprint run without heats. His time in this was -26-1/5 seconds, with Goetting of Brooklyn High second. The in-door -scholastic record for the Junior 60-yard dash was made by Moeller, -Columbia Grammar, in 1893, 7-2/5 seconds. At this Barnard meeting, -Wilson, Leech, Hewitt, Armstead, and Tebyrica each won his heat in 7-1/5 -seconds, but Armstead came home first in the finals in 7-2/5 seconds. -The record for the Junior 220-yard dash went down likewise. The old mark -was 28 seconds, made by Wilson last year. Wilson ran his first heat this -year in 27-2/5 seconds, Millard got the next in 27-3/5 seconds, and -Wilson took the final in 26-4/5 seconds. - -The high-jump mark only got up to 5 feet 6 inches, where Pell and Brown -tied. The hurdles looked like an easy thing for Beers, but in the final -heat he had a hot tussle with Herrick and Harris, winning on a close -margin. On account of a claimed foul the two latter had to race over -again, and Herrick won in 8-1/5 seconds. Beers had cleared the distance -in 8 seconds. - -The summary of points made follows: - - Name. Firsts. Seconds. Thirds. Total. - - Barnard 6 2 .. 36 - Berkeley 2 1 .. 13 - Brooklyn High .. 2 1 7 - Stevens Prep 1 .. .. 5 - De La Salle 1 .. .. 5 - Cutler .. 1 1 4 - Colombia Grammar .. 1 1 4 - Pingry .. 1 1 4 - Adelphi .. 1 .. 3 - Trinity .. 1 .. 3 - Oxford .. .. 2 2 - Alling's Art .. .. 1 1 - Drisler .. .. 1 1 - Dwight .. .. 1 1 - -At the meeting of the Long Island I.S.A.A. last week the protest entered -by Brooklyn High against Adelphi as a result of the League game of -handball, played between them the previous week, was decided. The -protest grew out of one of those inexplicable misunderstandings about -rules which seem to crop up every now and then in all kinds of sport. In -this case the High-school claimed the game on points, while Adelphi -wanted the game on actual wins, which were 5 out of 7, the points being -133 to 131 in favor of High-school. According to the Y.M.C.A. rules, -which were adopted by the League, Adelphi won; but both captains were -ignorant of the rules, and agreed on playing for points. Before the game -was well advanced Captain Forney of Adelphi found out his mistake, and -declared he was playing for games won. - -The decision reached was the most natural and logical one. It was found -that both teams had violated the rules equally by agreeing to play for -points, and the game was awarded to Adelphi, because that team had won -in accordance with the Y.M.C.A., and consequently the L.I.I.S.A.A., -rules. This case is somewhat similar to the one which cropped up on the -football field last fall in this same Brooklyn League. It looks as -though the captains did not keep very well posted on the rules. And yet -one of the first things a captain should do is to know these by heart. -Talk with the captain of a Yale or a Harvard university team, and there -is not a question of the most intricate nature covered by the rules of -his game that you can corner him on. It ought to be the same way with -school captains. Slipshod knowledge is worth nothing; absolute -familiarity with the law is vital. - -The Long Island League has decided to hold annual in-door games -henceforth, and the first ones will be given in the new Fourteenth -Regiment Armory, Brooklyn, on Saturday, the 29th. The following events -will be open to members from any school that is a member of the National -Interscholastic Association: 75-yard dash, 75-yard dash (boys under -sixteen), 220-yard dash, 440-yard dash, 880-yard dash, 1-mile run, -putting 12-pound shot, running high jump, pole vault, and 75-yard -hurdle. The rules governing entries and competition will be those of the -Long Island Association and of the A.A.A. Entries close February 22d -with H. O. Pratt, 232 Clinton Avenue, Brooklyn. - -The convention of New Jersey schools, held in Plainfield last week, -resulted in the formation of a New Jersey Interscholastic A. A. Its -members are Plainfield High-school; Newark Academy; Pingry's School, of -Elizabeth; Stevens Preparatory School, of Hoboken: Rutgers Preparatory -School, of New Brunswick; and the Montclair High-school. It was decided -that each school shall hold an athletic meeting every year. The State -athletic meet will be held on the first Saturday in June, and the annual -meeting of the association will take place on the same day. The -association will control track athletics, baseball, football, and -cricket. - -It is encouraging to see so many associations starting up in various -parts of the country, and I cannot but feel that the formation of the -National Association has had much to do with it. The schools have -realized what a great advantage it will be to have an established and -recognized standard, and a central and controlling body; and knowing -that the only way for them to become members of such a central or parent -body is to first form an association, the result has been the -organization of interscholastic leagues in many sections where hitherto -there had been only a desultory sort of interest and activity in track -athletics. - -Another new association recently established is the Hudson River -Interscholastic League. It is composed of the Mohegan Lake School, of -Peekskill; Riverview Academy, of Poughkeepsie; and Holbrook's, of Sing -Sing. Doubtless before long the many other institutions in the towns -along the Hudson will see the advantage of belonging to an association, -and will apply for admission. It looks now as if by the time the -officers of the National Association get ready to make their -announcement of the spring games there will be more than double the -number of associations to answer the call than there was a year ago at -this same period. - -The ice-polo season has been a most successful one in Boston this year, -and many of the games have proved exciting and close. Lack of space has -prevented our giving any detailed account of the matches in this -Department, but I hope to be able to publish the result of the winter's -work and the scores of the League games, for the sake of the record, as -soon as the finals have been settled. - -The suggestion made by Professor Atewell, of the Columbia Grammar -School, to hold an interscholastic gymnasium contest is an excellent -one, and one that this Department heartily endorses. Such a contest has -many advantages over an in-door track-athletic meeting, and now that -most of the schools in the city are provided with gymnasiums, it would -seem an easy matter to arrange one. Trinity School, at present, seems to -take the greatest interest in gymnasium work of any school in the city. -By gymnasium work I do not mean exercise in the gymnasium preparatory -for track athletics. I mean work on the rings, bars, etc., and -calisthenics. - - THE GRADUATE. - - - - -[Illustration: THE CAMERA CLUB] - - Any questions in regard to photograph matters will be willingly - answered by the Editor of this column, and we should be glad to - hear from any of our club who can make helpful suggestions. - - -PREPARATION OF TINTED SENSITIVE PAPERS. - -NO. 2.--HOW TO MAKE VIOLET TONES. - -To make violet tones the paper is first sensitized in the same way -described for making red prints. Make a solution of 96 grs. of nitrate -of uranium and 4 oz. of water. Put this solution in a shallow tray, such -as is used for toning, and float the prepared photographic paper on this -for twenty seconds; drain carefully, and pin up to dry in a dark room. -If dried by artificial heat the paper is made more sensitive and prints -more quickly. - -As soon as the paper is dry wrap it in post-office paper, and then in -black needle-paper--such as sensitive papers are wrapped in--and lay it -away in a drawer or covered box till wanted. This paper may be prepared -several days before using, but should not be kept too long. - -To print, place in the printing-frame and expose to light. If the -negative is thin, three minutes in bright sunlight or one hour in the -shade or a very dull day will be necessary for printing, and if a strong -negative, ten minutes in bright sunlight or two hours in the shade will -be necessary. - -Have ready prepared a solution of 8 grs. of chloride of gold and 4 oz. -of water. As soon as the print is taken from the frame wash it for -twenty-five or thirty seconds in hot water (120° Fahr.), and place face -up in a toning-tray, and flood the print with the chloride-of-gold -solution. The print does not show when it is taken from the frame, but -is developed with the chloride-of-gold solution. When the detail is well -out, and the color a rich violet, take from the tray and wash in running -water or in several changes of water, till none of the coloring matter -shows in the water. Pin by the corners on a flat board, and set the -board in an upright position till the prints are dry. - -These violet prints are very attractive for certain kinds of work. -Flower studies, especially those of single flowers, make novel prints. A -set of four different colored prints might be made and used as -decorations for a calendar. Mount the prints on square sheets of heavy -drawing or Bristol board, and on each sheet place a three months' -calendar. These calendars may be obtained at any stationery-store. The -cards may be further decorated by tracing fine gilt lines round the -picture and calendar leaves. An appropriate motto may also be added to -each sheet. - -Of course the first of the year has already passed, and it may seem out -of season for suggestions as to making calendars, but one of the -prettiest birthday gifts to a friend is a calendar beginning with the -day of the month which marks his or her birthday. Such a calendar is -very convenient, for it laps over into the coming year, which is -sometimes a great advantage. Instead of mounting the prints directly on -the card, an opening may be cut in the card and the picture placed -behind it, as described in "Tinted Papers," No. 1. If this is done, a -thinner piece of card-board should be pasted on the back, not only as a -finish, but as a protection to the picture. - -Blue prints may be toned to a dark violet by first printing, washing -them in clear water, and then flowing them with a solution of 1 part -potassium hydrate in 300 parts of water, and again with a solution of -4-1/2 oz. of alcohol (90 per cent.), 7-1/2 oz. distilled water, 1 oz. -gallic acid. This gives the prints a dark purple or violet color, not so -pleasing as that made by the process just given, but, if not printed a -too deep blue in the first place, look very well. - -Tinted papers--with the exception of carbon papers and blue prints--are -not found in the market, but must be prepared by the amateur. - - MR. EMIL DÆCHE, Patron, of Jersey City, New Jersey, gives the - formula which he uses for toning aristo paper whereby he obtains - fine chocolate tones, and asks if prints made by this process will - be permanent. The prints, if well washed, ought to be permanent, - and not turn yellow. The reason why prints turn yellow after having - been made some time is not so much the toning process as the fault - of the paper. Aristo prints are not as permanent as albumen, - bromide, or platinotype prints, or even those made on plain salted - paper. Improvements are being made in aristo papers, and they are - now of much better keeping quality than those first put on the - market. If Mr. Dæche will kindly send a more detailed account of - the process which he uses, we should be glad to publish it for the - benefit of the members of the Camera Club. - - - - -ADVERTISEMENTS. - - - - -[Illustration: Royal Baking Powder] - - - - -Arnold - -Constable & Co - - * * * * * - -Cotton Dress - -Fabrics. - -_D. & J. Anderson's Zephyrs,_ - -_Chene and Persian Effects,_ - -_Silk Mixtures,_ - -_Stripes, Checks, and Plaids._ - -Wash Fabrics. - -_French Piqué,_ - -_Printed Dimity,_ - -_White Emb'd Nainsook._ - -Printed Linen Lawns. - -_Frères Koechlin's Organdies._ - -NOVELTIES. - - * * * * * - -Broadway & 19th st. - -NEW YORK. - - - - -[Illustration] - -No - -you haven't seen it if you say it's like any other. - -The CUPID Hair Pin never slips out. - -It's in the TWIST. - -Richardson & De Long Bros., makers of the famous DeLong Hook and Eye. - - - - -HARPER'S CATALOGUE thoroughly revised, classified, and indexed, will be -sent by mail to any address on receipt of ten cents. - - - - -[Illustration: Thompson's Eye Water] - - - - -[Illustration: BICYCLING] - - This Department is conducted in the interest of Bicyclers, and the - Editor will be pleased to answer any question on the subject. Our - maps and tours contain much valuable data kindly supplied from the - official maps and road-books of the League of American Wheelmen. - Recognizing the value of the work being done by the L. A. W., the - Editor will be pleased to furnish subscribers with membership - blanks and information so far as possible. - - -It is practically impossible in this Department to give satisfactory -answers to inquiries in bicycle matters. The questions are in many cases -so similar, and yet just different enough to require separate answers, -that it would require a good portion of this periodical to answer them. -For example, many inquiries are received as to the best route from some -town or city in one State to another town or city in an adjoining State. -Of course these letters require separate answers in each case, which -would be impossible. It is, however, quite possible to give here some -general information as to the best methods of finding out such answers, -each man for himself. In the first place, it is wiser in the end to join -the L. A. W. You pay $2 per year for membership, which brings you free -the road-book of your State, if there is one, and the _L. A. W. Bulletin -and Good Roads_--a periodical that, among other things of value, gives -you all the addresses, up to date, of consuls, chief consuls, and other -State and central officers of the League. From these men all such -information can be obtained. If you do not belong to the L. A. W., you -have to pay $1.50 for the road-book and $2 for the _Bulletin_, which is -the only paper in which you can find all the officers and consuls of the -United States. The question then presenting itself to you, How can I -ride best from A in Pennsylvania to B in Ohio? your course in seeking -information is clear. Write to the chief consul of Pennsylvania and the -chief consul of Ohio--whose addresses are in the _Bulletin_--and ask -each to send you the road-book of his State. You will receive the -Pennsylvania book free if you live in Pennsylvania yourself, but you -must, of course, pay for the Ohio book. Having obtained these -road-books, or book of maps, or tour-books (for each State has a -different plan in getting up its books), pick out A, Pennsylvania, and -B, Ohio, on the maps of each book, and then follow the routes on the -maps which lead to some common point on the border. Here, then, is your -trip marked out carefully, well described, and in a form that you can -carry with you--and all at a cost of $3.50. If either State happens to -have no road-book of any kind, write to the chief consul, tell him your -proposed plan, and he will be glad to answer your questions to the best -of his ability. If there is no chief consul, then that State is indeed -benighted and behind the times--at least from a wheelman's point of -view. - -Another general set of questions which can be classified in an -indefinite sort of way is the set which refers to training for long -distances or short distances either for racing or for pleasure trips. -General rules here can be laid down for training. In fact, the -Interscholastic Sport Department is constantly giving suggestions in -training for one particular event or another. Bicycle-training is -practically the same as the preparation gone through by a man who is to -run in the longer distances. Of course the principal part of the work is -wheeling constantly day after day for certain distances, depending on -the event for which we are training, gradually increasing speed or -distance as the event is a short distance or a long tour. Muscular -development and lung-power are required, and these must be practised by -constant gymnasium work. Running slowly on the toes, rising and falling -on one leg and then on the other many times, rising on the toes and -falling back slowly on the heels two or three or four hundred times in -succession without bending the knees--these exercise the proper leg -muscles. But when the lungs and heart come into the question more care -should be taken. Many strong men find that while their lungs and heart -are vigorous for ordinary games, bicycling puts too great a strain on -both, especially the latter. For instance, after riding steadily up hill -and down hill for twenty miles at fifteen miles an hour, you begin to -feel a stricture across the chest, you have that peculiar sensation as -if you were tasting blood, and it is impossible to take a long -satisfying breath which seems to "go" beyond a certain point down into -your lungs. When these facts become noticeable, especially if you are -not in the best of training, it is well to dismount and walk a little by -your wheel, until you can mount again and ride with the mouth closed and -the air entering your lungs through the nostrils. In fact, all riding -should stop when the wheelman cannot breathe most of the time through -his nose; otherwise the lungs are overtaxed, which may do no harm in -occasional instances, but will in the end, if kept up, be injurious. - - - - -A WONDERFUL VIOLIN. - - -Wandering through the Italian quarter of New York lately, I came across -a copy of Dante's _Inferno_. It was bound in very thick covers, and in -looking it over a few days ago, I was much surprised to find a sort of -pocket, partially disguised, in the under cover. It contained some -sheets of manuscript written in a fine Italian hand. I had the -manuscript translated, and found that it was a sort of diary of a young -lad whose whole life must have been wrapped up in violins, for the -records of his day-book are liberally interspersed with memorandums on -that instrument. After reading the pages through, I found a little story -among them, and for its curious interest, I give it herewith. - -It seems the boy's family was of noble origin, and had grand designs for -the future of their son, whose name was Paolo. Paolo, however, was -averse to their ideas, as his only desire was violins, either to make -them or play them, and ofttimes, in defiance of his father's orders, he -would steal into a distant part of the house, and indulge in his love of -playing. This had happened so frequently, and Paolo was fast growing to -be a manly fellow, that his father rebuked him very strongly one day. He -touched the sensitive chords of the musician's soul too much, and Paolo -responded with hot words that led to his father's banishing him forever -from the house. - -Paolo went forth with his valuable violin, his one friend, as he -thought, and passed on from town to town, city to city, playing for his -living. He changed his name, and as time went by, his father, who sat -brooding in sadness over his hasty action, never recognized in the name -of a new brilliant maestro his banished son. A violin hung in front of -his chair in the large hall, and he was accustomed to sitting there -before it and dreaming of Paolo. One day, as the light of the afternoon -was fast waning, he sat with eyes wandering over the instrument. -Suddenly, almost like fairy music, the low sweet melody of a favorite -piece of Paolo's came from the violin. He started back, fearing that he -was mad; but no, the music was certainly coming from the violin. What -could it mean? He seized it, and the moment he did so the music stopped. -He dropped down in his chair again, and waited. Softly the strains came -from the strings, and with a cry of grief the father called aloud for -his son, only to hear a voice, and, turning, he found Paolo standing -before him with outstretched arms. They were reconciled at last. - -Paolo accounted for the wonderful music by leading his father to the -other end of the hall and pointing to a small alcove behind a pillar, -explained that everything spoken or played in that spot would cast the -sound directly over to where the violin hung, and that as a boy he had -discovered the wonderful echo, and experimented with it more than once. -He had driven the nail in the wall years ago, and when he entered the -hall upon his return, and saw his father sitting there before the -violin, he resolved to try his love by use of that boyish experiment. - -It would be hard to credit this story, were it not for the fact that -such an echo is one of the show-cards of the guides in the Capitol at -Washington, and several others are more or less famous through the -world. - - HUBERT EARL. - - - - -[Illustration: THE PUDDING STICK] - - This Department is conducted in the interest of Girls and Young - Women, and the Editor will be pleased to answer any question on the - subject so far as possible. Correspondents should address Editor. - - -I have been putting in order my top drawer. Do you keep yours in perfect -order, girls? I have the greatest respect for you if you do. Mine gives -me more trouble than I can begin to tell you about. However, if you -could peep into it this morning you would admire it as much as I do, -what with the boxes all closed, and the gloves smoothed out and laid -lengthwise, and the handkerchiefs in small white piles, and the veils -folded, and everything else spick and span, and beautiful to see! It -will stay so, too--at least I hope it will--for at least a fortnight, -that wonderful upper bureau drawer into which so many things go, and out -of which so many things come. I'm afraid, though, that one of these days -when I'm hurrying to catch a train, or somebody is waiting to speak to -me, I'll dive down among the laces and boxes and gloves and cards and -handkerchiefs, upsetting this and overturning that, and woe is me! the -top drawer will be in a whirl of confusion once more. When I was a -little girl I shared a drawer with my sister, who had a great deal of -system and a natural talent for arrangement and compactness which I did -not have, and therefore had to cultivate. We divided our territories by -a pasteboard fence, and on her side there were always beauty and peace -and harmony; a place for everything, and everything in its place. But I -would rather not tell you very much about my side. I used to have -clearing-up days then, and I have them still. - -Now don't imagine for a moment that I began this talk just to let you -know that I often have to fight against an inclination to be a little -bit disorderly in my arrangement of my various things. I had something -else in view. We are many-sided beings, you and I, and our top drawers -are not the only parts of our belongings which are now and then the -better for being gone over and straightened out and set right. Think -about it, girls. Can you not, looking back across the last month, or the -last week, or even over this very last hour, see that in something you -did or said or thought you were mistaken, you were not quite unselfish, -or you had not the fair point of view? Aren't you often sorry, after a -hasty word, that you had not waited before you spoke? And, again, are -there not times when you did not speak out bravely and strongly in -defence of an absent friend? Clearing-up seasons are good for the soul, -and one's mind and heart are the better for the taking one's top drawer -in hand--one's top drawer where she does not keep ribbons and roses and -belts and buckles only, but fancies and resolves and notions and -dispositions and prejudices. - -Speaking of clearings up, there are moods when we are frank and open -with ourselves, and when we confess that we are not so sweet and amiable -as we might be. Perhaps we are not so just as we might be. What fusses -and frictions are caused by the sort of temper in the top drawer that -explodes like a fire-cracker the instant a match of irritation comes -within touching distance! What a disagreeable thing a certain sort of -smile is, the hateful smile that comes out of the top drawer where -vanity and jealousy lurk! When we are about it, we might as well, in our -clearing up, burn and get rid of the bad tempers, the crossness, and the -suspiciousness which help to make us and others wretched. To be happy -ourselves and to make others happy should be our constant aim and -effort. Above everything else, do not let us be contrary, like little -Miss Mary in Mother Goose. Many people are so, and they make others very -unhappy. - -There is one little corner of the top drawer which is more important -than any other. It ought to be labelled "Conscience." Here we should be -careful that we never leave a single thing in confusion. Where we are in -doubt whether an action is right or wrong we _must_ settle it by the -light of conscience, and our decision will be influenced by our general -habits of thinking and doing, and by our every-day habit of asking our -Heavenly Father's guidance for each hour of life. - - MURIEL.--Your letter interested me very much, and I will soon - devote one of these talks to the subject you speak of so sensibly. - - ANNE T.--Why worry about your height? It is beautiful to be tall, - if you carry yourself gracefully, head up, shoulders back, as a - tall girl ought. - - LOUISE S. M.--If you are tired of story-books, try biography. Have - you read Miss Edgeworth's life, or that of Miss Alcott? Or take up - a course of English history. - -[Illustration: Signature] - - * * * * * - -STARVED TO DEATH - -in midst of plenty. Unfortunate, yet we hear of it. The Gail Borden -Eagle Brand Condensed Milk is undoubtedly the safest and best infant -food. _Infant Health_ is a valuable pamphlet for mothers. Send your -address to N. Y. Condensed Milk Co., N. Y.--[_Adv._] - - - - -ADVERTISEMENTS. - - - - -[Illustration] - - There are monarchs, there are monarchs, - Men of every clime and hue, - From the Czar of all the Russias - To the Prince of Timbuctoo. - Monarchs good and monarchs famous, - Monarchs short and monarchs tall; - But the best is our Monarch-- - It's the Monarch of them all. - -Monarch - -King of Bicycles--A Marvel of - -Strength, Speed and Reliability. - -4 models. $80 and $100, fully guaranteed. For children and adults who -want an lower price wheel the Defiance is made in 8 models, $40 to $75. - -Send for Monarch book. - -[Illustration] - -MONARCH CYCLE - -MFG. CO., - -Lake, Halsted and Fulton Sts., CHICAGO. - -83 Reade Street, New York. - - - - -WALTER BAKER & CO., LIMITED. - -Established Dorchester, Mass., 1780. - -Breakfast Cocoa - -[Illustration] - -Always ask for Walter Baker & Co.'s - -Breakfast Cocoa - -Made at - -DORCHESTER, MASS. - -It bears their Trade Mark - -"La Belle Chocolatiere" on every can. - -Beware of Imitations. - - - - -Postage Stamps, &c. - - - - -FREE! - -Send 10c. to pay the postage, and I will send you a 225-page catalogue -with illustrations of every stamp, FREE. 100 varieties foreign stamps, -5c.; 200 varieties foreign stamps, 25c.; 12 varieties Japan, Spain, and -Portugal, 2c.; 400 varieties foreign stamps, $1.25; 500 varieties, -$1.75; 750 varieties, $4.50; 1000 varieties, $6.50. Approval sheets for -good references. - -RICHARD R. BROWN, KEYPORT, N. J. - - - - -[Illustration] - -STAMPS! - -=800= fine mixed Victoria, Cape of G. H., India, Japan, etc. with fine -Stamp Album, only =10c.= New 80-p. Price-list =free=. _Agents wanted_ at -=50%= commission. STANDARD STAMP CO., 4 Nicholson Place, St. Louis, Mo. -Old U. S. and Confederate Stamps bought. - - - - -$117.50 WORTH OF STAMPS FREE - -to agents selling stamps from my 50% approval sheets. Send at once for -circular and price-list giving full information. - -C. W. Grevning, Morristown, N. J. - - - - -[Illustration] - -100 all dif. Venezuela, Bolivia, etc., only 10c.; 200 all dif. Hayti, -Hawaii, etc., only 50c. Ag'ts w't'd at 50% com. List FREE! - -C. A. Stegman, 5941 Cote Brilliante Ave., St. Louis, Mo - - - - -FOREIGN STAMPS ON APPROVAL - -Agents wanted at 50% com. Lists free. - -CHAS. B. RAUB, New London, Conn. - - - - -500 - -Mixed Australian, etc., 10c.; =105 varieties=, and nice album, 10c.; 15 -unused, 10c.; 10 Africa, 10c.; 15 Asia, 10c. - -F. P. Vincent, Chatham, N.Y. - - - - -125 - -dif. Gold Coast, Costa Rica, etc., 25c.; 40 U. S., 25c. Liberal com. to -agents. Large bargain list free. F. W. MILLER, 904 Olive St., St. Louis, -Mo. - - - - -Stamps! - -25 var. free to all sending good ref. for my fine app'l sheets at 50% -commission. - -CHAS. DREW, 25 West 104th St., New York. - - - - -BOOKS OF STAMPS at 33-1/3% com. References required. =Model Stamp Co.=, W. -Superior, Wis. - - - - -FINE PACKETS in large variety. Stamps at 50% com. Col's bought. -Northwestern Stamp Co., Freeport, Ill. - - - - -STAMPS! 100 all dif. Barbados, etc. Only 10c. Ag'ts w't'd at 50% com. -List free. L. DOVER & CO., 1469 Hodiamont, St. Louis, Mo. - - - - -333 African, U. S., and Foreign Stamps. One Dime. Address J. Handford, -55 N. 6th St. Paterson, N.J. - - - - -HARPER'S CATALOGUE - -thoroughly revised, classified, and indexed, will be sent by mail to any -address on receipt of ten cents. - - - - -[Illustration: Thompson's Eye Water] - - - - -A PRIZE MUSIC COMPOSITION. - - -The ability to compose music is not as common as that to solve puzzles, -and so the Table in its Music Contests this year opened competition to -amateurs without regard to age. For variety, a song and a hymn setting -were asked for, $5 being offered for the best in each class, and -packages of visiting-cards, with copper plates, for the second best. -First verses of two poems were given. Both were by Mrs. Margaret E. -Sangster, in her book _Little Knights and Ladies_. - -We publish this week the song setting which won the first prize, and the -whole poem, in order that you may have a complete song. The composition -is by Miss Mary E. Bigelow, of Berea, O., who is a Round Table Patron. -The second prize is awarded to Harry R. Patty, of Los Angeles, Cal., -Knight. Others whose compositions are deserving of high praise, -mentioned with honor, are: Helen H. Sohst, Alice C. Banning, Penry -Jones, Frank Balentine, Minnie Brendel (Weimar, Germany), and E. S. -Hosmer. The additional verses of "Our Little Echo" are: - -[Illustration: OUR LITTLE ECHO.] - - This little echo, soft and sweet, - Repeats what others say, - And trots about on tireless feet, - Up stairs and down, all day. - - It makes us very careful not - To use a naughty word, - Lest in the echo's lisping tones - It should again be heard. - - Which would be such a dreadful thing, - As any one may see, - Who has an echo in _his_ house - A little over three. - -The first-prize hymn, with awards, will be published soon--probably next -week. - - * * * * * - -A Leech Barometer. - - Very few books of pastimes are lacking in elaborate descriptions - for making so-called "infallible" barometers. Now here is a - barometer, not absolutely infallible, however, of an exceedingly - simple kind, though, like the aforementioned, you may purchase your - outfit entire at the apothecary's--unless, luckily, you are a rural - member. Here are the directions: - - Buy or catch a leech. Confine it in a jar three-quarters full of - rain-water, which must be changed regularly twice a week. Place the - jar on a window-frame, facing the north. - - Weather indications. _Fair and Frosty._--The leech lies motionless, - rolled up in a spiral form, at the bottom of the glass. _Rain or - Snow._--The leech creeps up to the top of the glass. If the rain - will be heavy and of long duration, it remains a considerable time. - If trifling, it quickly descends. If the rain or snow is - accompanied by wind, it darts about quickly, and does not cease - until there is a hard blow. _Storm of Thunder or Lightning._--The - leech is exceedingly agitated, and expresses its feelings in - violent, convulsive starts. - - VINCENT V. M. BEEDE. - - * * * * * - -About Some Chapters. - -The Table has a flourishing Chapter in Santiago College, Agustinas 150, -Santiago, Chile. Its president is Blanca Oliveira, aged fourteen, and -she wishes to correspond with American Ladies of her own age. Writing -under date of November 25th, the president tells of an entertainment -given by the Wide Awake Chapter in the college gymnasium, in which -songs, dialogues, recitations, and the like were the attractions. The -invitation cards are very neat. The Chapter has forty-one members, who -have corresponded with many readers of the Table in this country and -Europe, some doing so in French and Spanish as well as in English. - -Washington Chapter, of Racine, Wis., was organized on February 22, 1894, -and is prospering. It holds semi-monthly meetings, and the dues are five -cents per month. Officers are elected every four months. The present -officers are: President, Hira E. Tyrrell; Vice-President, Russell Lewis; -Secretary, Frank H. Marlott; Treasurer, Arthur Murray. "We think it -would be nice to know what some of the many other Chapters are doing," -writes Secretary Frank H. Marlott, 1511 Wisconsin Street. "I am sure we -are not the only ones who should like to have some suggestions from -successful Chapters regarding programmes," etc. - - * * * * * - -Information Wanted. - -Name and address of story "All at Sea," sent in competition for a prize, -that manuscript may be returned, and address of Rudolph Raphael, "Tea -Picker of Chang Choy," for same purpose. - - * * * * * - -The Good Will School Fund. - -This Fund has grown since last report as follows: - - Amount previously acknowledged $1579.16 - - Little Women Chapter, of New York, $6; - Barbara Arbogust, 25 cents; Frank Alfred - Stetson, 50 cents; Paul C. Conn, 10 cents; - Fred W. and George M. Beal, 50 cents; Walter - Goff, 50 cents; The Kirk Munroe Talk at - St. Agnes Hall, New York, $10.08; "Euclid - Place," $1.30; Sunday-school Class, Stillwater, - Minn., 50 cents; Francis S. Winston, - $1; Louis O. Brosie, from contributions to - his amateur paper, $2; Margaret C. Walter, - $1; Carrie M. Walton, 10 cents; John Burroughs - Chapter, Winsted, Conn., $15.84; - Sophie R. St. Clair, 50 cents; Fred W. Christensen, - 10 cents; Bessie Cauffman, $3.50; - Franklin Pendleton, 25 cents; Paul A Sensheimer, - $1; "Sancho Panza," 25 cents; Mrs. - H. E. Banning, 50 cents; Alice May Douglas - Chapter, Bath, Me., $3; "Midget," 10 cents; - John H. Campbell, Jun., 5 cents; "Bruno - Morgan," 50 cents; Laura Gooding, $1; - "Antonio," 20 cents; Evarts A. Graham, 30 - cents; Dick, Polly, Tom, Harry, etc., $1; - George Taylor, 20 cents; Katherine W. Butler, - 10 cents; Alice V. B. Foos, $1; Sidney - Davis, and each of the following-named, 10 - cents: Edward O. Tatnall, Mary Fithian, - Adela Harper, Randolph Wilson, Walter P. - Hall, Edith and Amy Shattuck, Ethel Van - Rennselaer, George H. Hogeman, W. W. - Harvey, Edith Moore, and Richard Corcoran; - Lindsey D. Holmes, and each of the following-named, - 50 cents: Mrs. D. L. Miller, - Mary A. Lippincott, S. J. Peters, Lulu Wangelin, - L. I. and E. Brown, James F. Rodgers, - Grace M. Fay, Grace E. Hall, Stella L. Tutewiler, - L. S. Whittaker, Pauline L. Stockton, - J. A. Beach, Ethel R. Betts, B. W. Gale, - Frankie L. Potts, and W. Stowell Wooster; - Ellen B. Laight, $1; John Nixon Brooks, $1; - "Santa Claus," 5 cents; J. Howard Beckley, - 15 cents; J. F. Hammond and Sophie V. - Gray, each 5 cents; Daisy Noyes and Ralph - Page, each 25 cents; G. W. Hinckley, $1; Albert - Gregory, 16 cents; Whitman Dart, 15 - cents; K. K. Forsythe, 25 cents; Eleanor - Davis, $1; Harry G. Sprowl, 5 cents; "Hecla," - N. Y., $1; Eileen and Robert Weldon, 19 - cents; and Robert W. Stockbridge, 16 cents. - - Total 69.75 - - In the formal acknowledgment of a contribution - from the Admiral Benham Chapter - the sum was given, by mistake, $8.95. - It should have been $18.95. Hence we add 10.00 - - ----------- - - Total of Fund $1658.91 - - - - -STAMPS. - - This Department is conducted in the interest of stamp and coin - collectors, and the Editor will be pleased to answer any question - on these subjects so far as possible. Correspondent should address - Editor Stamp Department. - - -In the ROUND TABLE for January 26, 1896, I illustrated twelve of the -rare Confederate locals. I complete the list (with a few exceptions) in -this number. - -[Illustration] - -Livingston, Kingston, Greenville, Madison, Ringgold, and Victoria are -all great rarities. The stamps are worth from $250 to $750 if on -envelope and in good condition. - -[Illustration] - -Goliad (several varieties) are worth from $100 to $500 each. Rheatown -and Tellico Plains (same type) are worth over $100 each. - -Danville (W. D. Coleman, P.M.) and Pittsylvania (same type) worth $250 -each. - -[Illustration] - -Petersburg is worth $15; Pleasant Shade (same type) is worth $150. -Lynchburg, worth $25 to $30; Lenoir, from $50 to $75. - -[Illustration] - -Marion (six varieties) is a very rare stamp, but the original plate from -which the stamps were printed is in the possession of a New York -stamp-dealer. (Not illustrated.) - -There are several others not illustrated, such as Spartansburg, Salem, -etc., which resemble the ordinary postmark, and several others which are -not yet fully accepted as genuine. - -Representative Pugh, of Kentucky, has introduced a bill in Congress -permitting all cities of 100,000 or more inhabitants to issue stamps of -special designs for local use, the designs on such stamps to commemorate -the history of the city or the memory of its prominent deceased -citizens; but no such stamps shall be made to advertise the business of -any individual, firm, corporation, or society. The cost of engraving and -printing will be paid by the city issuing the stamps, not by the general -government. - - PHILATUS. - - - - -[Illustration: IVORY SOAP] - -A well enforced rule of order and Ivory Soap will make the kitchen an -attractive and appetizing spot. - -Copyright, 1895, by The Procter & Gamble Co., Cin'ti. - - - - -BREAKFAST--SUPPER. - -EPPS'S - -GRATEFUL--COMFORTING. - -COCOA - -BOILING WATER OR MILK. - - - - -CARDS - -FOR 1896. 50 Sample Styles AND LIST OF 400 PREMIUM ARTICLES FREE. -HAVERFIELD PUB. CO., Cadiz, Ohio. - - - - -CARDS - -The FINEST SAMPLE BOOK of Gold Beveled Edge, Hidden Name, Silk Fringe, -Envelope and Calling Cards ever offered for a 2 cent stamp. These are -GENUINE CARDS, NOT TRASH. UNION CARD CO., COLUMBUS, OHIO. - - - - -[Illustration: Thompson's Eye Water] - - - - -[Illustration] - -THE - -BALTIMOREAN PRINTING-PRESS - -has earned more money for boys than all other presses in the market. -Buys, don't idle away your time when you can buy a self-inking -printing-press, type, and complete outfit for $5.00. Write for -particulars, there is money in it for you. - -THE J. F. W. DORMAN CO., - -Baltimore, Md., U.S.A. - - - - -HOOPING - -COUGH - -CROUP - -_Can be cured_ - -by using - -ROCHE'S HERBAL - -EMBROCATION - -The celebrated and effectual English cure, without internal medicine. W. -EDWARD & SON, Props., London, Eng. Wholesale, E. FOUGERA & CO., New York - - - - -CHARLES CARLETON COFFIN'S - -Fascinating Historical Works - - ABRAHAM LINCOLN. - THE BOYS OF '76. - THE STORY OF LIBERTY. - OLD TIMES IN THE COLONIES. - BUILDING THE NATION. - -_A History of the Rebellion in Four Volumes:_ - - DRUM-BEAT OF THE NATION. - MARCHING TO VICTORY. - REDEEMING THE REPUBLIC. - FREEDOM TRIUMPHANT. - -_Nine Volumes. Profusely Illustrated. Square 8vo, Cloth, Ornamental, -$3.00 each._ - -Mr. Coffin avoids the formality of historical narrative, and presents -his material in the shape of personal anecdotes, memorable incidents, -and familiar illustrations. He reproduces events in a vivid, picturesque -narrative.--_N. Y. Tribune._ - -Mr. Coffin writes interestingly; he uses abundance of incident; his -style is pictorial and animated, he takes a sound view of the inner -factors of national development and progress; and his pages are -plentifully sprinkled with illustrations.--_Literary World_, Boston. - - * * * * * - -Published by HARPER & BROTHERS, New York. - - - - -FROM CHUM TO CHUM. - -BY GASTON V. DRAKE. - -III.--FROM BOB TO JACK. - - -[Illustration] - -Dear Jack,--I got your letter the day we came aboard this ship and I was -so much interested with what was going on here that I put it in my -pocket to read next day. The trouble with the next day was what I might -have expected. I wasn't seasick at all but something I had for dinner -didn't agree with me and I lay down all day and wished I was ashore. As -an old man who stood near me said "they run trolly cars all over the -land where you don't want 'em, but out at sea when you'd give ten -dollars to be carried ashore in one they don't have 'em." I'd have gone -ashore on a shingle if I could have. If you can imagine the Mountain -House dancing around like a cork, 'way up in the air one minute and -fifty feet lower down the next you'll get some idea about what I've been -going through. I'd have enjoyed it though if I hadn't eaten that thing -that disagreed with me, for to people that don't get seasick the -moviness of the whole business is great. - -There's a sailor on the _New York_ that's had almost as many thrillers -as Sandboys and between you and me I think he could talk Sandboys all -around the block. He's been a pirate, he told me, but a nice kind of a -pirate. He says he was called the Chesterfield of the Black Flag because -he always did what he did politely no matter how horrible. If he -attacked a ship at night he always did it in a dress suit and things -like that, and if there were ladies aboard of any ship he captured and -he had to lock 'em up in the hold he always apologized for doing it, and -hoped they'd have a good time. He was brought up in Salem Massachusetts -where he imbibed a love of the sea and learned manners--those are his -own words, particularly imbibed. That word shows what a fine man he -really is. His language is really splendid. Most pirates, he told me, -wasn't fit to associate with gentlemen because they couldn't talk like -gentlemen, but he felt that he could go anywhere, even into a lady's -parlor and talk and never say a word that "wouldn't go with the -furniture," as he put it, without swearing off a bit of his piracy -neither. He has charge of the steamer-chairs on board this boat and -nobody but me knows who he really is. He hasn't been on shore for five -years because he says there's a price on his head. Just as soon as the -boat gets into port he takes a dozen cans of sardines and a box of -crackers and goes and hides up under the bowsprit and lives there on the -sardines and crackers until the ship starts to sea again, when he comes -out and takes charge of the chairs. That's how I came to know him. I get -up early and go out on deck and he tells me all the thrillers he knows. - -He had an awful experience last trip over. He was putting away the -chairs one night when all of a sudden he saw one of the English -detectives that had been looking for him for years coming along the deck -and in the moonlight the detective saw him and recognized him at once. - -"Aha!" said he. "Run to earth at last, Chesterfield." - -"Not as I know on," said the sailor. "Seems to me I'm run to sea." And -then he gave a wild ominous laugh. "I'm very glad to see you," he -continued. "How are Mrs. Detective and the children?" - -"You haven't lost any of your manners, Chesterfield," said the -detective; "but they don't go with me. You're my pirate!" And he laid -his hands on Chesterfield's shoulder. - -"Pardon me," said Chesterfield. "But really my dear Mr. Detective you -don't realize your peril. I could throw you overboard in two seconds, -and if it wasn't an exceedingly impolite thing to push a gentleman of -your standing into the water where you'd get your clothes spoiled I'll -be jiggered if I wouldn't do it. Can't I summon assistance for you?" - -[Illustration] - -"I'll summon it quick enough!" cried the detective rudely not even -thanking Chesterfield for his offer, and he ran to one of those big air -funnels that came up through the decks and hollered help down it, -supposing that it lead into the cabin where the stewards stay; and -Chesterfield just took him by the coat tails and pitched him head first -through the funnel into the hold, where the fellow could howl to his -heart's content and nobody'd hear him because he landed way below the -lowest deck on a bale of cotton and there he staid until the ship got -into port--and when he came out he was so excited that nobody'd believe -what he said, he spoke so sort of crazy and he was arrested for a -stowaway. Chesterfield of course had gone and hid under the bowsprit, -and even if folks had believed the detective they'd have thought he'd -escaped. But to show how polite he was, every morning Chesterfield would -go to the funnel when nobody was looking and call out good-morning to -the detective and drop down two sandwiches and a bottle of ginger-ale so -he wouldn't starve. - -[Illustration] - -When the pirate isn't on duty I don't have quite as much fun, though I -have fun enough. We have to eat by a time-table. Soup comes at half past -six, fish at twenty minutes to seven, lobster patties at ten minutes to -seven, roast beef at seven, and so on, and I don't like it a bit. I -don't ever want anything but soup and pie. The soup comes in early -enough but you have to wait an hour and forty minutes for the pie and -it's slow work. I asked the Captain if I couldn't have my pie at six -forty and he said he'd be glad to let me only discipline had to be kept -up and if the waiters were allowed to bring in pie out of its turn it -would upset the whole system an' we'd get nothing but chaos. I don't -know what chaos is; we've never had any at home and I never saw it on a -bill of fare anywhere, but Pop says it's no good and spoils one's -digestion. - -[Illustration] - -The pirate gave me a pointer for coming home. He said there was a boy on -the _New York_ two years ago that had a pair of roller skates, and on -very rough days he'd put 'em on and stand up near the bow and when the -bow went up with the waves the boy would slide 'way down to the stern on -his skates without a bit of trouble, and then back he'd go when she -pitched the other way. It seems to me that's a great scheme and I'm -going to try it. I always did like skating and the decks are bully for -it, smooth as a park road. - -The scenery isn't much so I won't try to tell you about it. It's nothing -but water all the time, and when we get up in the morning you seem to be -in just the same place you were last night. - -The gong has just rung for dinner, and I must go. Maybe in a few days -I'll write to you again, but I'm going to mail this letter to you now, -because the pirate says maybe to-morrow we'll meet the sister ship to -this one going back to New York, and he thinks if I can catch the eye of -the Captain of the Paris, perhaps he'll stop long enough to take this -letter aboard and carry it home to you. - -Yours with love to Sandboys, - - BOB. - - - - - -End of Project Gutenberg's Harper's Round Table, February 18, 1896, by Various - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HARPER'S ROUND TABLE, FEB 18, 1896 *** - -***** This file should be named 53865-8.txt or 53865-8.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/5/3/8/6/53865/ - -Produced by Annie R. McGuire -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive -specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this -eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook -for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, -performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given -away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks -not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the -trademark license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country outside the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you - are located before using this ebook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The -Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org - - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the -mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its -volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous -locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt -Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to -date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and -official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -For additional contact information: - - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. - diff --git a/old/53865-8.zip b/old/53865-8.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 7195325..0000000 --- a/old/53865-8.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h.zip b/old/53865-h.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 4f56130..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/53865-h.htm b/old/53865-h/53865-h.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 5b8b89c..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/53865-h.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3843 +0,0 @@ -<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" - "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> -<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> - <head> - <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" /> - <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> - <title> - The Project Gutenberg eBook of Harper's Round Table, February 18, 1896, by Various. - </title> - <style type="text/css"> - -body { - margin-left: 10%; - margin-right: 10%; -} - - h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 { - text-align: center; /* all headings centered */ - clear: both; -} - -p { - margin-top: .51em; - text-align: justify; - margin-bottom: .49em; -} - -.p2 {margin-top: 2em;} -.p4 {margin-top: 4em;} -.p6 {margin-top: 6em;} - -hr { - width: 33%; - margin-top: 2em; - margin-bottom: 2em; - margin-left: auto; - margin-right: auto; - clear: both; -} - -hr.tb {width: 45%;} -hr.chap {width: 65%} -hr.full {width: 95%;} - -table { - margin-left: auto; - margin-right: auto; -} - -.pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */ - /* visibility: hidden; */ - position: absolute; - left: 92%; - font-size: smaller; - text-align: right; -} /* page numbers */ - -.blockquot { - margin-left: 5%; - margin-right: 10%; -} - -.center {text-align: center;} - -.right {text-align: right;} - -.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} - -.caption {font-weight: bold;} - -/* Images */ -.figcenter { - margin: auto; - text-align: center; -} - -.figleft { - float: left; - clear: left; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 1em; - margin-top: 1em; - margin-right: 1em; - padding: 0; - text-align: center; -} - -.figright { - float: right; - clear: right; - margin-left: 1em; - margin-bottom: - 1em; - margin-top: 1em; - margin-right: 0; - padding: 0; - text-align: center; -} - - </style> - </head> -<body> - - -<pre> - -Project Gutenberg's Harper's Round Table, February 18, 1896, by Various - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most -other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of -the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have -to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook. - -Title: Harper's Round Table, February 18, 1896 - -Author: Various - -Release Date: January 2, 2017 [EBook #53865] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HARPER'S ROUND TABLE, FEB 18, 1896 *** - - - - -Produced by Annie R. McGuire - - - - - -</pre> - - -<div class="center"> -<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary=""> -<tr><td align="left"><a href="#THE_LITTLE_CORPORALS">THE LITTLE CORPORALS.</a></td></tr> -<tr><td align="left"><a href="#THE_RESTORATION_OF_TIP">THE RESTORATION OF "TIP."</a></td></tr> -<tr><td align="left"><a href="#DOMINOES">DOMINOES.</a></td></tr> -<tr><td align="left"><a href="#WASHINGTONS_BIRTHDAY">WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY.</a></td></tr> -<tr><td align="left"><a href="#THE_SKATING_BRIGADE">THE SKATING BRIGADE.</a></td></tr> -<tr><td align="left"><a href="#FOR_KING_OR_COUNTRY">FOR KING OR COUNTRY.</a></td></tr> -<tr><td align="left"><a href="#MYSTERIES_OF_STAGE_SCENERY">MYSTERIES OF STAGE SCENERY.</a></td></tr> -<tr><td align="left"><a href="#STUDYING_TO_BE_MUSICIANS">STUDYING TO BE MUSICIANS.</a></td></tr> -<tr><td align="left"><a href="#FALCONRY_OR_HAWKING">FALCONRY, OR "HAWKING."</a></td></tr> -<tr><td align="left"><a href="#INTERSCHOLASTIC_SPORT">INTERSCHOLASTIC SPORT.</a></td></tr> -<tr><td align="left"><a href="#THE_CAMERA_CLUB">THE CAMERA CLUB.</a></td></tr> -<tr><td align="left"><a href="#BICYCLING">BICYCLING.</a></td></tr> -<tr><td align="left"><a href="#A_WONDERFUL_VIOLIN">A WONDERFUL VIOLIN.</a></td></tr> -<tr><td align="left"><a href="#THE_PUDDING_STICK">THE PUDDING STICK.</a></td></tr> -<tr><td align="left"><a href="#A_PRIZE_MUSIC_COMPOSITION">A PRIZE MUSIC COMPOSITION.</a></td></tr> -<tr><td align="left"><a href="#STAMPS">STAMPS.</a></td></tr> -<tr><td align="left"><a href="#FROM_CHUM_TO_CHUM">FROM CHUM TO CHUM.</a></td></tr> -</table></div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_373" id="Page_373">[Pg 373]</a></span></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 800px;"> -<img src="images/ill_001.jpg" width="800" height="268" alt="HARPER'S ROUND TABLE" /> -</div> - -<p class="center">Copyright, 1896, by <span class="smcap">Harper & Brothers</span>. All Rights Reserved.</p> - -<hr class="full" /> - -<div class="center"> -<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" width="100%" summary=""> -<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">published weekly</span>.</td><td align="center">NEW YORK, TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 18, 1896.</td><td align="right"><span class="smcap">five cents a copy</span>.</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">vol. xvii.—no</span>. 851.</td><td align="center"></td><td align="right"><span class="smcap">two dollars a year</span>.</td></tr> -</table></div> - -<hr class="full" /> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 635px;"><a name="THE_LITTLE_CORPORALS" id="THE_LITTLE_CORPORALS"></a> -<img src="images/ill_002.jpg" width="635" height="700" alt="" /> -</div> - -<h2>THE LITTLE CORPORALS.</h2> - -<h3>BY JULIANA CONOVER.</h3> - -<p>There was a suspicious sniffle, then a series of gulps, and then the -letters grew blurred and indistinct, and even hard winking would not -keep the tears back; to Charlie's mortification they actually splashed -down on the page before him.</p> - -<p>Herr Dr. Hartmann looked up, peering through his glasses at the boy.</p> - -<p>"What dost thou read?" he asked, kindly. "It is not, I hope, bad news -from the home?"</p> - -<p>"No," muttered Charlie, blowing his nose hard; "it's—a hockey story."</p> - -<p>"Ach, du liebe Zeit!" ejaculated the puzzled master. "And what is -that—an American wild animal, perhaps?"</p> - -<p>Charlie shook his head and smiled, such a pathetic, homesick smile. "No, -it's a game," he answered. "You play it on the ice with hockeys—sticks -with a crook at the end—and a block of wood or rubber."</p> - -<p>"So? and our German boys they do not know it? Then<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_374" id="Page_374">[Pg 374]</a></span> thou must teach -them"—cheerfully—"yes? for the skating is good now, they tell me. -Komischer Junge!" he exclaimed a little later to his wife. "He reads for -pleasure, and then he cries. It is, of course, the homesickness, and I -fancy he misses the out-of-door life and the sports which they have -always in America."</p> - -<p>Charlie Stanton was fourteen—quite old enough, he maintained, to be his -own master, even in a foreign country; but when his mother and father -had actually said good-by, leaving him in a German family in Berlin -while they went to Egypt for the winter, he began to regret his boasted -independence; and while not acknowledging himself homesick, even a -hockey story recalled too many happy memories to be read quite -stoically. Mr. and Mrs. Stanton had felt perfectly safe in leaving their -son with Dr. Hartmann, for he was a man who made it as much his concern -to know that his pupils were happy, as that they imbibed a sufficient -quantity of German and the classics.</p> - -<p>At two o'clock the next afternoon Charlie started out for the West End -Eisbahn. It was a beautiful day, cold and crisp and clear, and the boy's -eyes glistened as he adjusted the lever of his skates. Then he stood up -and looked about. Germans to right of him, Germans to left of him, -Germans all around him, rising and falling. He watched them for a -moment, and then struck out rather dismally, for even skating lost half -its charm when one was quite alone. What was his astonishment, then, -when a small block of wood shot past him, propelled by a real hockey in -the hands of a boy about his own size.</p> - -<p>"Stop him! head him off! he'll make a goal!" shouted Charlie, in great -excitement, forgetting his surroundings utterly; and seizing a cane that -was lying on a bench, he started off in mad pursuit, colliding -recklessly with girls and officers, and sending several stiff little -cadets sprawling on their backs. The next minute, by a dexterous stroke, -he knocked up the hockey, dislodged the ball, and before his astounded -opponent could recover himself, had carried it in triumph to the end of -the pond.</p> - -<p>"Goal!" he cried, waving his stick as the other boy came up.</p> - -<p>"You went out of bounds," he retorted; "but, George! you do know how to -play hockey! Are you an American?"</p> - -<p>"Yes. Are you?"</p> - -<p>"Rather"—emphatically. "We're only spending the winter here, because -Edith, my sister, is taking violin lessons. Here she comes"—as a -remarkably pretty girl, accompanied by a "colossal schneider" hussar, -glittering in blue and silver, skated towards them.</p> - -<p>"Are you on the war-path, Dick?" Edith Hartley asked, laughingly, "Herr -Von Lutzow says that the dead and wounded are lying all over the pond, -and that the German army will have to hold you to account."</p> - -<p>"All right. We'll challenge the German army to a game of hockey—won't -we!" turning to Charlie.</p> - -<p>"Easily," he replied.</p> - -<p>"Hear that, Rahden?" said Von Lutzow, to a Second Lieutenant in the -Infantry Guards who had joined Miss Hartley.</p> - -<p>The young officer laughed. "Is it what you call the American cheek—yes? -I have heard of it. Guädiges Fräulein, may I have the honor?"</p> - -<p>"Not if you insult my country. Oh, Herr Von Lutzow, do get up a hockey -game. It would be such fun to see you try and play."</p> - -<p>"You think we could not? Too stiff—what? Rahden, we will have to show -them that the German army cannot be trifled with even in sport. Then, -Young America, get up your company, team, what you call it, and we will -meet you on the battle-ground of the Grunewald one week from to-day. Ah! -It will be the birthday of your great man, is it not? Your Mr. -Washington."</p> - -<p>Dick and Charlie were old friends by the time they left the Eisbahn, and -they walked home together, discussing most earnestly the vital question -of "material" for their hockey team.</p> - -<p>"A week is an awfully short time," Dick said, as they parted; "but if -the ice lasts we will show them what American boys can do."</p> - -<p>The next day, however, brought a most discouraging note to Charlie.</p> - -<p>"I can't find a fellow who knows a hockey from a hole in the ground," -Dick wrote. "It's awfully hard luck. I could get Englishmen to burn; but -that wouldn't do, because we challenged the officers to an international -game, and we've got to stick to it, and play them somehow."</p> - -<p>Charlie's spirits sank to zero. He didn't know a single boy in the whole -city, and, what was even worse, he could not go out that afternoon to -help in the search. But surely in all Berlin there must be at least -seven boys—for they needn't play eleven—who knew something of shinny, -or even football—if they could only skate. So he wrote back to Dick in -the words of the famous Lawrence, and then waited in a fever of -impatience for Dick's next bulletin.</p> - -<p>"It's all right," Dick wrote. "I hustled like everything yesterday, and -managed to find some fellows who knew how to handle their hockeys pretty -well, but have never played on a regular team. They'll do, though. I -hope the officers won't crawl now."</p> - -<p>So did Charlie, devoutly, for his spirits had risen so high with the -first sentence that he felt ready for any thing—artillery, cavalry, -infantry—let them all come on!</p> - -<p>That afternoon the raw recruits were drilled with such energy by the -"little corporals," as the officers had dubbed the boys, that it began -to look dark for the German army.</p> - -<p>Dick and Charlie really played a remarkably fine game for their age, and -were indefatigable in their efforts to teach the team how to dodge, and -stop short, and back up, and play together, etc.; and it was quite dark -when a dozen dead-tired but hopeful and enthusiastic boys started for -home, their skates over their arms.</p> - -<p>Finally Washington's birthday dawned bright and clear.</p> - -<p>"And it is to-day the great game—yes?" asked Dr. Hartmann, as he -watched Charlie's serious face at the morning coffee. "And the Kaiser, -he will be there?"</p> - -<p>Charlie laughed such a clear ringing laugh it did the Herr Doctor's -heart good to hear it. There did not seem to be an atom of homesickness -left in the hoy, and all because of a game! Truly the sporting spirit -was a strange and unaccountable thing.</p> - -<p>No, the Kaiser was not at the Grunewald, but quite a number of brilliant -uniforms lined the little sheet of ice on that memorable afternoon. The -boys were in old and variegated sweaters—a great contrast to the smart -military team that walked gingerly across the slippery ice while the -officers on the bank chaffed them in ringing tones.</p> - -<p>"Stillgestanden! Kopf in die Höhe!" (halt! head up!) cried one. "Knochen -zusammen!" (legs together) called another; while a gaudy yellow hussar -exhorted one to "shake himself into his coat."</p> - -<p>Their amusement only increased when the Prussian force stood up in line, -their faces crimson from the effort of putting on their skates without -the help of a Bursche.</p> - -<p>Frank Moore, a friend of the Hartleys, had promised to act as umpire, -and had made all the necessary arrangements. After a little preliminary -skirmishing, Dick and a big hussar with a fierce red mustache shook -hands and declared themselves ready. Then the two teams lined up. The -umpire placed the block in the centre of the field, and the whistle -blew. Like a flash the forwards bore down upon the little solid -vulcanized rubber block, the officers reaching it first.</p> - -<p>"Spread out!" cried Dick. "Guard your field!"</p> - -<p>The big hussar tried to dodge, but he was between too many fires; so, -swinging his hockey, he gave the ball a tremendous whack, which sent it -spinning down towards the goal. "After it! after it!" he yelled to his -lagging team. "Great Scott! we'll—machen ein goal!" recollecting -himself suddenly. But there was no goal, for the ball went out of bounds -thirty yards from the posts.</p> - -<p>It was brought out at right angles, and dropped by the umpire between -the hockeys of the two captains. There was a few seconds of feverish -scrimmage, in which all the forwards joined, and then a long hockey -darted like the tongue of a snake into the crowd from the outside, -skilfully hooking the block, and the owner whirled round in the very -faces of his own men, and then backwards and sideways<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_375" id="Page_375">[Pg 375]</a></span> he zigzagged, -until he found an open space, for which he made a dash, and before the -astounded hussars could recover themselves he had carried it, skating -like the wind, past the backs and the goal-keeper, in for a goal.</p> - -<p>A storm of "Bravos!" greeted this successful trick, and Edith led with a -rousing American cheer, for it was Charlie who had scored one for his -country.</p> - -<p>"That's jolly good hockey!" said a fat, breathless little Lieutenant; -and Dick turned and looked at him in surprise.</p> - -<p>Then the block was put in play again, and back and forth it flew, until -the big hussar once more got the ball and a clear space, and by a -brilliant exhibition of fast skating and clever tricking, he too carried -it safely in for a goal.</p> - -<p>"Deutschland, Deutschland über alles!" chanted the officers on the bank.</p> - -<p>The German army was playing well, suspiciously well; their long passes -would have brought joy to a lacrosse-player's heart, and their clean -hits would have made a polo enthusiast shout with delight.</p> - -<p>Dick and Charlie conferred together in low tones. Should they protest -against the pure English of the gay hussars? Something was clearly -wrong, though the uniforms seemed right. But no, they would not stop to -challenge them.</p> - -<p>Up and down the ice the rubber block spun, alternately threatening the -well-guarded goal-posts. It was such pretty hockey that the officers on -the bank, in the excitement of the game, forgot to chaff their -representatives, and only when Charlie, "by playing for his man," had -bowled a stiff little hussar clean over, did they give way to -unrestrained mirth.</p> - -<p>"You've broken my leg, you young idiot," roared out this forgetful -officer, as he struggled to his feet; and then he bit his lip, and -muttered "By Jove!" for he saw that he had given himself away.</p> - -<p>"Was ist dann los?" (What's the matter) was called out from the bank as -the game hung fire for a minute.</p> - -<p>"We are discovered," came back the answer, and there was a burst of -laughter from the crowd, for the fraud practised upon the boys had been -an open secret to them all.</p> - -<p>"Take your mustache off, Mackintosh, it dazzles my eyes," cried some -one. And the boys looked up at the big hussar, who was grinning -sheepishly under his disguise.</p> - -<p>"What Dummkophs we were!" they exclaimed. "Why, their uniforms don't fit -for a cent!"</p> - -<p>At this the bogus officers shouted.</p> - -<p>"Mine's horribly tight," said one. "I can't breathe."</p> - -<p>"I can't bend in mine," groaned Thomas, the English chaplain's son; -"it's got a ramrod up the back."</p> - -<p>"My stiffest chokers are cotton wool compared to these impossible -boards," said little Smith, wriggling his neck round inside the -beautiful gold collar.</p> - -<p>"Is there <i>one</i> real officer on the team?" demanded the little -corporals, who were sternly superintending the unmasking of the -impostors.</p> - -<p>"No," answered Mackintosh, cheerfully. "We are all echt English -subjects—for I'm a Canadian."</p> - -<p>The two Lieutenants who had "crawled" so ignominiously came forward with -Miss Hartley to make their peace.</p> - -<p>"Your sister she have did it," said Von Rahden, for Germans too are -descended from Adam.</p> - -<p>"Yes," acknowledged Edith, penitently, but with a twinkle in her eye, -"it was my fault. Herr Von Lutzow said, 'What is a German officer, a -hussar, without his sword or spurs? He is not, as you say, "inside -it."'"</p> - -<p>"I have said, we had not the time," protested this maligned hussar.</p> - -<p>"Or the skill," she answered, laughing. "At any rate, they regularly -backed out, Dick, so Mr. Moore and I concocted this scheme in order to -cover their disgraceful retreat, and redeem at least their uniforms."</p> - -<p>"Beastly things," growled Mackintosh; "handicapped us like everything."</p> - -<p>"Take them off, then," she retorted. "You'll play it out boys? America -against England instead of Germany?"</p> - -<p>The little corporals looked at the strapping young Englishmen, all good -football-players, and some old hockey-players as well; but they did not -have the Napoleonic spirit for nothing.</p> - -<p>"Yes, we'll play them," they said, and the whole team echoed it.</p> - -<p>Then the bogus hussars peeled off their tight gold-laced jackets, and -breathed once more freely. It would be an international struggle, and -they must put forth all their strength and skill. The teams lined up.</p> - -<p>"We'll pass the block to each other as we did before," whispered Dick, -"and then scoot for the open ice. And tell the fellows, Charlie, not to -try and stop Mackintosh, but to hook his hockey the way you did; and -we'll work that circling trick again, too."</p> - -<p>Mackintosh was clearly a star player. He kept his body bent, his arm out -straight, and his hockey ever ready for the block to nestle in. And when -Thomas backed him, and the rest cleared the way, he was a formidable man -to tackle. But "Young America," led by the gallant little corporals, -never lost heart or head. They shinnied on all sides, they kept their -eyes right on the block, they hit it hard, they "babied" it, they shoved -it between legs and hockeys to an open field, and then darted like -lightning for it themselves, and they worked tricks which made the more -knowing spectators shout with enthusiasm.</p> - -<p>The score kept running up, and still the apparently unevenly matched -teams kept even. Five goals each, and only five minutes more to play.</p> - -<p>"Look out for the long pass and skirting round the edges," said -Mackintosh, and Thomas nodded.</p> - -<p>The umpire blew his whistle, and once more the forwards charged down -upon the block, which became the centre of a fierce scrimmage. Dick -hovered on the outskirts, and when the puck flew from between the legs -of Smith he caught it on his hockey and started off; to the right of one -he dodged, to the left of another, and, when fairly cornered, he -managed, by a quick turn and lightning stroke, to hit the ball, and send -it whizzing down the pond.</p> - -<p>Now there was racing and chasing on Cannobie Lea, and Mackintosh, the -big Canadian, got there first. Then squirming and worming, he worked his -way up the field. Edith held her breath.</p> - -<p>"Hook his hockey! hook his hockey!" cried Charlie, who was guarding the -goal, cool even at this critical moment; and he started slowly towards -him, hoping to force him out of bounds. But Mackintosh, with Dick hard -behind, could not afford to lose speed by dodging, and—crash! the two -came together, and together went down, with a sound like falling -timbers—giant oaks. The ice shivered, and then split from end to end, a -long deep crack; but the game went on, for Dick, with the national honor -at stake, could not stop to see what besides the eight-inch ice was -cracked, and by a series of never-to-be-surpassed tactics he carried the -ball straight up the pond for a winning goal; and then, while the air -thrilled to the cloudburst of "Bravos!"—for the officers had basely -gone over to the enemy, and were backing America with all the lung-power -they could spare from their dignity—he skated back to find Charlie with -a bleeding head and broken collar-bone, but mad with delight because his -fall had saved the game. The crowd swarmed upon the ice, and the boys -were the heroes of the hour. But they bore their honors very modestly, -even though Edith declared it to be a double victory.</p> - -<p>"They had beaten the Germans by default," she said, "and England by -<i>nerve</i>. Any one, to look at the two teams"—here she glanced up at -Mackintosh and down at Charlie—"would see that the boys were clearly -outclassed; but the great American spirit—"</p> - -<p>"<i>And</i> a week of hard practice," put in Mackintosh. "Only got our -hockeys yesterday."</p> - -<p>"I accept the amendment. The great American spirit, <i>and</i> a week of -practice have gained the day."</p> - -<p>"Three cheers for the little corporals!" said Von Lutzow. "They have -nobly won their spurs. And we, Husaren of the Royal Guards, who cannot -fight with crooked sticks, will be proud to cross swords with them at -any time."</p> - -<p>"And this," ejaculated Herr Dr. Hartmann, clasping his hands in horror -as Charlie, with head and shoulders bound and bandaged, but happy as a -king, was deposited at the door—"and this is called sport!"</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_376" id="Page_376">[Pg 376]</a></span></p> - -<h2><a name="THE_RESTORATION_OF_TIP" id="THE_RESTORATION_OF_TIP">THE RESTORATION OF "TIP."</a></h2> - -<h3>BY J. PARMLY PARET.</h3> - -<p>Tip was a vicious young elephant, and during his brief life of -twenty-three years he killed several of his keepers. His last act of -violence came near causing the death of Snyder, the attendant who had -charge of him at the Central Park Zoo, and as a result he now stands -upon a wooden pedestal in New York's Museum of Natural History, where -all may look at the brute which caused so much trouble for the circus -people who owned him. For his attack upon Snyder, nearly two years ago, -the Park Commissioners ordered his execution, and he was killed with -powerful drugs given to him in his food. The process of mounting and -stuffing his hide, to be exhibited at the museum, was very interesting, -as the accompanying series of pictures will show.</p> - -<div class="figright" style="width: 400px;"> -<img src="images/ill_003.jpg" width="400" height="267" alt="" /> -<span class="caption">1.—THE FIRST BOARD AND THE WOODEN BONES.</span> -</div> - -<p>The preparation of the elephant's tough skin and the cleaning of his -bones took nearly a year before the actual work of mounting was started. -As it is intended to mount Tip's skeleton separately, exact -reproductions of his skull and a few of the other large bones were -carved in wood, to be used in modelling the form on which the hide was -to be mounted. All of the flesh, of course, was destroyed, and in its -place the museum workmen built up a dummy of his body, or manikin, as -they call it, from measurements and photographs taken of him before his -death. Building this lay figure and fitting the skin to it took nearly -six weeks' work, and the stuffed elephant then stood over two months, to -allow the hide to stretch and dry on its new body before the specimen -was ready to be shown. It has been on exhibition only a few weeks now.</p> - -<div class="figleft" style="width: 400px;"> -<img src="images/ill_004.jpg" width="400" height="269" alt="" /> -<span class="caption">2.—THE WOODEN HEAD AND RIBS.</span> -</div> - -<p>The first part in the difficult task of mounting Tip was to build the -manikin. The workmen sawed out of heavy planking a flat piece about the -general shape of the big brute's side. This was supported by iron rods, -in place of legs, bolted to the frame-work and to the temporary pedestal -upon which the work was done. The wooden skull and leg bones were then -screwed to the body, and other pieces of wood the shape of Tip's sides -were fastened in place like ribs. A pair of handsome ivory tusks taken -from some other real elephant were fitted to the skull, while another -long plank was hung down between them for his trunk. Tip was nine feet -and a half high at the shoulder, and eleven feet in length, so it was no -easy task to reach all parts of his great body. Great ladders were built -at each end of the manikin, and ropes were rigged from the ceiling over -it, to haul up the heavy parts of the wooden animal they were creating.</p> - -<div class="figright" style="width: 400px;"> -<img src="images/ill_005.jpg" width="400" height="268" alt="" /> -<span class="caption">3.—AFTER THE LATHS HAVE BEEN PUT ON.</span> -</div> - -<p>Just as the carpenters build the walls of a house, these workmen covered -the great ribs of their wooden elephant all over with laths. They nailed -them to the frame-work, leaving his body hollow, and then for the first -time the manikin began to take on the shape of a real elephant. His body -looked more like some huge barrel, perhaps, than that of Tip, and his -legs were a trifle stumpy and unfinished at the ends; he lacked a tail -as yet, too, and his trunk was only a rough pine board; but the gleaming -ivory tusks were there, and his head had a lifelike appearance that was -very encouraging. But the difficult part of the work was just beginning, -for the body must be made to fit exactly to the shape of the hide before -it could be put on.</p> - -<p>Excelsior was next called into use, and the lath-covered frame-work was -completely enveloped in those thin shavings from wood so often used for -packing china and glass. Bunches of it were tacked to the laths, and in -some places it was tied on with string, while here and there a little -lump was glued to the frame-work. The many photographs of Tip were -gotten out, and measuring-tapes were used to get the exact size in all -parts. For days the men were busy with nothing else but this work. They -trimmed off corners here, and added patches there, as the defects in the -manikin's shape were shown by the photographs and measurements.</p> - -<div class="figleft" style="width: 400px;"> -<img src="images/ill_006.jpg" width="400" height="270" alt="" /> -<span class="caption">4.—THE CLAY MANIKIN READY FOR THE HIDE.</span> -</div> - -<p>At last the great hide was brought up from the cellar, and for the first -time fitted to the wooden elephant. When Tip was skinned a year before, -the men were careful to cut off the hide so that it would be easy to -work with when they came to mount it, the two sides and the head<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_377" id="Page_377">[Pg 377]</a></span> being -skinned separately. Now these three pieces of hide had undergone an -elaborate preparation. They had been soaked for months in acids, and had -been scraped and pared down to about an inch in thickness. If this tough -skin were kept long in the open air it would have hardened so stiff that -it would have been almost impossible to mount it. So it had been kept in -a solution the workmen call "tan liquor," and when the manikin was -finished an enormous tub containing these soaking hides was brought up -to where the dummy stood.</p> - -<div class="figright" style="width: 400px;"> -<img src="images/ill_007.jpg" width="400" height="272" alt="" /> -<span class="caption">5.—ONE SIDE OF THE HIDE IN PLACE.</span> -</div> - -<p>Ropes were fastened to one side of Tip's skin, and it was hauled up -against the manikin and fitted around the body. Then it was lowered back -into the tub again, and more excelsior added where the skin hung loose, -or bits cut away to make room for the clumsy dimples in the elephant's -hide. This was repeated over and over again, until the men were -satisfied with the fit of the final covering for their specimen. But, -like good tailors, they were not easily satisfied, and the patient -manikin had to have its new coat "tried on" many, many times before it -was ready to have the seams sewed up for good. Both sides had to be -treated in this way, and then the head, which, of course, needed more -fitting and alterations than the sides.</p> - -<p>But it was finally finished, and the last work on the manikin was then -done. The great body with its woolly coat of excelsior was hidden under -a thin layer of modelling clay. This was spread over evenly and worked -down smooth with the men's hands; the body, the legs, the head, the -trunk, and even the tail were treated to this last coat, and at a little -distance Tip looked very natural, except for the lack of eyes and soles -for his feet. Again the big pieces of hide were hauled up out of the tan -liquor, and again they were fitted to the manikin. Here and there a few -final alterations were necessary, and then the body was ready to be -sewed into its new coat forever.</p> - -<p>Clumsy seamstresses these workmen would have made if fine linen and -sewing-silk had been their materials, but with copper wire, and -brad-awls to punch the needle-holes, they managed to make fully as -strong, if not as neat, seams as the cleverest dressmakers. The two -sides of the skin were hauled up and matched together at the top of the -elephant's back. Then, with their clumsy needles and their wire thread, -the workmen climbed up on top of the manikin, and sewed together the -long seam where the knives of the skinners had opened the hide. Other -seams down the back of the legs and under the elephant's belly were -sewed up in this way, and Tip's hide once more held an elephant, -although a very different kind of an elephant from that it was intended -to cover. The skin of the head was put on in the same way, and the -trunk-covering was sewed over the padded plank in a most natural -position. Two large eyes of glass were fastened into the sockets, and -Tip was put away to dry out.</p> - -<div class="figleft" style="width: 400px;"> -<img src="images/ill_008.jpg" width="400" height="266" alt="" /> -<span class="caption">6.—"TIP" RESTORED.</span> -</div> - -<p>Had any one who did not know the secrets of the taxidermist come upon -the elephant a few days later, he would have thought he had seen a -ghost—and the ghost of the famous white elephant, too, at that. There -stood Tip, to be sure, but all white. The effect of the chemicals in -which his skin had soaked so long had been to bleach the hide to a -streaky gray that looked almost ghostly. But the workmen expected this, -and they soon altered the disguise. They went over to the zoo in the -Park with big buckets of paint, and mixed a lot of it to match the skin -of Tom, another elephant there, whose hide is almost exactly the same -color as was Tip's. Then they painted the stuffed elephant from trunk to -tail, and varnished over the paint, covering up all the stitches they -had taken in his hide, and giving him once more the appearance of the -familiar old friend on whose broad back the children used to ride about -the circus ring until he got too ugly to be safe.</p> - -<p>Never again will Tip attack his keepers. Behind a railing he stands in -the museum, as harmless as old Jumbo, whose skeleton stands nearby, but -still as natural as in life. On his label one reads,</p> - -<h4>ASIATIC ELEPHANT,</h4> - -<p>followed by a brief history of his twelve years' experience in America, -his death and restoration. His skeleton will be mounted by the museum -experts, and will stand at the side of the stuffed hide.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_378" id="Page_378">[Pg 378]</a></span></p> - -<h2><a name="DOMINOES" id="DOMINOES">DOMINOES.</a></h2> - -<p>After the dominoes have been laid face down upon the table, and well -shuffled, each player—and there should be but two—draws seven cards, -the one having the highest "double" leading the game. In case there -should be no double out, the player holding the highest number of spots -on one card is entitled to lead. The two then play alternately until the -game is so blocked that one cannot match a piece; the other then -continues until he blocks himself or plays all his cards, thus winning -the game. In case both are blocked, each counts the number of spots on -the cards left in his hand, and whoever has the smallest number wins the -game.</p> - -<p>The game is so simple, skill consisting almost entirely in the power of -memory, that it cannot be hampered by many rules, but there is much -advice which the learner would do well to remember.</p> - -<p>In playing, lay down such cards as will enable you to play at either end -the next time, if possible.</p> - -<p>Play the cards with the greatest number of spots on them first, so that -in event of the game being blocked to both you may stand a chance of -winning by spots.</p> - -<p>The numbers of which you have the most are the best to play, since your -adversary is likely to have less.</p> - -<p>When it is possible for you to block the game, do not do so if you have -been playing high cards and your adversary low ones, for in that case -the chances are that he will be able to "count out." It is dangerous to -block your own hand until you have become so skilled in the game as to -be able to form some idea of the size of your adversary's hand.</p> - -<p>If you hold a double, and one or more with the same number, play it as -soon as possible; but do not try to make a number for it, otherwise your -adversary, if he be a good player, will see what you are trying to do, -and prevent it. But if you hold a double of an end at which your -adversary cannot play, work at the other end in the hope of shutting him -out of the game entirely.</p> - -<p>With a heavy hand, play first on one end and then on the other, to -prevent any chance of blocking the game when the number of spots would -count against you. A good hand is that having the greatest variety of -numbers, as 6-3, 5-4, 2-1, 4-3, 1-0, 2-0, 0-0, and with it one can -generally play every time, while a bad hand would be 6-6, 5-5, 6-2, 6-4, -2-2, 2-1, 1-1, and of course the very worst would be to hold all the -doubles; but that would hardly occur in an actual game.</p> - -<p>As an example of how doubles should be played, suppose your hand -consisted of 5-5, 2-2, 3-2, 2-4, 1-0, 5-0, 6-2, it would be better in -every way to play the 5-5, since your other double can be forced either -by the 3-2, 2-4, or 6-2.</p> - -<p><i>All Fives</i>, or <i>Muggins</i>, is and should be played similar to the one -above, save that the great object is to make the spots at both ends -amount to five, or any number divisible by five without a remainder. If -one plays 5-5 at the start, he counts ten. If 0-0 is played first, the -0-5 would count five to the player; then if 5-5 be played it counts ten, -and 0-0 played on 0-5 counts five also. If 6-6 is at one end and 4-4 is -played at the other, twenty is counted to the game, since twelve and -eight make twenty. In this game he who can play 5-5 has the lead; and -failing in that, he who holds 0-5, then 2-3; and failing in all, he who -holds the highest card. The game should be fifty or one hundred points, -and the winner counts all the spots in his adversary's hand at the -close, adding them to his score, or, in case of a block, adds the -difference between the lesser and the greater hand.</p> - -<p><i>The Drawing</i> game is played like the Double Sixes, save that when a -player is blocked he must draw another card, and continue to do so until -he can play. He who plays out first, or, in case of the game being -blocked, he who has the smallest number of spots wins. This game really -requires the most skill, since a player must remember all the cards, and -try to form some idea of what remains in the pool and what his adversary -holds. It is quite common to unite this game with All Fives, thus making -a longer game of the former.</p> - -<p><i>The Matadore</i> game has more of the element of chance in it than any -other. Each player draws three cards, and he who holds the highest plays -first. After that the next player can only go when his domino, added to -the one previously played, will make seven. Those cards having just -seven spots on them, and the double blank, are called matadores, and may -be played at <i>any</i> time, regardless of spots. There are, of course, but -four matadores—6-1, 5-2, 4-3, 0-0. If one cannot play, he must draw -until he can, or until but two are left, when no more can be taken. The -number of points in this game may be made from twenty to a hundred, as -the players decide.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<h2><a name="WASHINGTONS_BIRTHDAY" id="WASHINGTONS_BIRTHDAY">WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY.</a></h2> - -<p> -<span style="margin-left: 17em;">'Tis splendid to live so grandly</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 18em;">That, long after you are gone,</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 17em;">The things you did are remembered,</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 18em;">And recounted under the sun;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 17em;">To live so bravely and purely</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 18em;">That a nation stops on its way,</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 17em;">And once a year, with banner and drum,</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 18em;">Keeps its thought of your natal day.</span><br /> -<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 17em;">'Tis splendid to have a record</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 18em;">So white and free from stain</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 17em;">That, held to the light, it shows no blot,</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 18em;">Though tested and tried amain;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 17em;">That age to age forever</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 18em;">Repeats its story of love,</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 17em;">And your birthday lives in a nation's heart,</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 18em;">All other days above.</span><br /> -<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 17em;">And this is Washington's glory,</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 18em;">A steadfast soul and true,</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 17em;">Who stood for his country's honor</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 18em;">When his country's days were few.</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 17em;">And now when its days are many,</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 18em;">And its flag of stars is flung</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 17em;">To the breeze in defiant challenge,</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 18em;">His name is on every tongue.</span><br /> -<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 17em;">Yes, it's splendid to live so bravely,</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 18em;">To be so great and strong.</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 17em;">That your memory is ever a tocsin</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 18em;">To rally the foes of the wrong;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 17em;">To live so proudly and purely</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 18em;">That your people pause in their way,</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 17em;">And year by year, with banner and drum,</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 18em;">Keep the thought of your natal day.</span><br /> -<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 23em;"><span class="smcap">Margaret E. Sangster</span>.</span><br /> -</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<h2><a name="THE_SKATING_BRIGADE" id="THE_SKATING_BRIGADE">THE SKATING BRIGADE.</a></h2> - -<h3>BY ELIZABETH S. HICOK.</h3> - -<p>The boys worked hard that day, carrying sticks and dragging logs from -the woods that bordered the banks of the Curve. The Curve was one of the -many bends in the river that began its journey far up among the hills, -whose summits could be seen from the town of Landon on a clear day.</p> - -<p>The Rambler had evidently started out in life with no definite plans as -to its future course, except, perhaps, the one purpose of seeking an -easy, pleasant way. To accomplish this it wandered in and out, and -formed many little bays and inlets as it flowed carelessly along. At all -seasons it offered irresistible attractions to the boys fortunate enough -to live near it. What swimming holes could be compared with those of the -Curve and the Dip? Where could better fishing be found than at the -Angle? Could there be a cooler place to rest on a hot day, after a good -pull<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_379" id="Page_379">[Pg 379]</a></span> at the oars, than under one of the stone arches of the bridge that -spanned the river two miles above the town? In fact, at almost any time -of year if a Landon boy was not around when wanted, it was pretty safe -to conclude that the river was responsible for his absence.</p> - -<p>But now it is winter. Though there is but a thin mantle of snow on the -ground, the reeds and cat-tails are frozen stiff in the ice, and the -willows look more dejected than ever, as they droop their bare slender -branches to the ice-covered stream. But this winter scene is not a -dreary one to a boy fond of skating, and the ice for miles up and down -the river is as smooth as glass. The party at the Curve numbers sixteen, -and they are all skaters.</p> - -<p>It was a queer collection of wood that the boys had brought -together—logs, large and small, branches of trees, and underbrush—but -it suited their purpose.</p> - -<p>"We have worked long enough," said Ralph Waring, a tall, overgrown lad, -who was leaning lazily against a tree.</p> - -<p>"We?" laughed a small energetic boy, pushing with all his strength -against a large log that refused to move. "We!"</p> - -<p>"Well, <i>you</i>, then," said the first speaker, good-naturedly. "Mr. -Hastings did not bargain for this, I'll wager, when he said we could -have all the wood we could use. We'd better go into the lumber business, -with such a good start."</p> - -<p>"Ralph is right," said Gordon Brice. "We have now more wood than we -need. Besides, it is four o'clock. If we are to meet here at seven we -must lay the logs and brush ready to light, and hurry home for a rest -and something to eat. I'm tired as a horse and hungry as a bear."</p> - -<p>The boys set to work again, Ralph doing his share, and soon a large -cone-shaped pile stood in a cleared space near the shore.</p> - -<p>"Now three good cheers for Washington's birthday," said Gordon. Hats -waved in the air, and three cheers were given with hearty good will by -all the boys, who then took the narrow path that led along the bank to -the town.</p> - -<p>It was somewhat past the appointed time that evening before all the boys -were again at the Curve. Gordon had taken too long a rest, and -overslept; Max Utley had mislaid his skates; and Ralph, of course, was -late.</p> - -<p>"On time?" drawled this delinquent, as he sauntered up to the group of -boys, some on one knee fastening their skates, others sitting on a log -as they performed this operation, and still others stamping a foot to -make sure that all was secure before starting out.</p> - -<p>"Yes, your time—half an hour late," replied Jack Foster. "We are all -ready for the skate up the river, and do not intend to wait for any -one."</p> - -<p>"Don't expect any favors; don't deserve any," said Ralph, not in the -least ruffled by Jack's remark. "Perhaps I can meet you on the down -trip. I shall make the effort, anyway."</p> - -<p>"Well, shall we set fire to the pile?" said Max.</p> - -<p>Half a dozen boys were ready for this work, and after a number of -matches had flared up and gone out in the haste of each boy to be the -first to start a blaze, little flames were seen creeping in among the -brush and reaching out blue and red fingers towards the logs.</p> - -<p>Off the boys started then, Gordon at the head, and Ralph bringing up the -rear.</p> - -<p>It was a clear starlight night.</p> - -<p>"To the Dip!" shouted Gordon. "To the Dip!" was sent back along the -line, and on they sped.</p> - -<p>It had all been planned. They were to skate to the Dip—a short distance -up the river—and then return to spend the rest of the evening at the -Curve, skating by the light of the fire.</p> - -<p>At the Dip they rested a few moments, then started down the river, hand -in hand, sixteen abreast. They skated fast, and for the most part -silently, needing all their breath to maintain the steady motion.</p> - -<p>"I wonder how the old Curve will look under fire?" said Clarence Bemen -at last, to Ralph, who was at his right, working hard to keep up with -his companions.</p> - -<p>They were fast approaching the starting-place.</p> - -<p>"We are almost there," said Ralph, breathlessly. "That's all I care -about."</p> - -<p>They could catch a faint glimmer thrown out from the fire over the ice -directly in front. The boys, in their excitement, grasped hands tightly -as with a long sweep they went round the point of land into the Curve.</p> - -<p>But what do they see? They all stop suddenly, for on the bank in the -full light of the fire was the figure of a man, tall and slight, and in -military dress. A coat with broad rolling collar and with epaulettes on -the shoulders was held together by three large buttons; the trousers -were short, and met at the knee by high boots with flaring tops. The man -wore a powdered wig, surmounted by a three-cornered hat. At his side was -a sword, sheathed.</p> - -<p>The skaters were too astonished to move forward or say a word. But at -last Ralph, whose mind always moved faster than his body, said, -emphatically,</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;"> -<img src="images/ill_009.jpg" width="600" height="471" alt="" /> -<span class="caption">"GEORGE WASHINGTON! AS TRUE AS I LIVE."</span> -</div> - -<p>"George Washington! as true as I live."</p> - -<p>Just then the man unsheathed his sword and waved it in the direction of -the boys, as if wishing to summon them nearer.</p> - -<p>"The old fellow looks kind of ghostly," said Max, irreverently. "But we -are sixteen to his one. Come on! We will let him speak for himself, if -he can speak."</p> - -<p>On the line moved with slow long strokes, in perfect unison, till they -came within a few feet of the shore.</p> - -<p>"You come up in good style. I always like to see the young American show -himself the soldier," said the strange man.</p> - -<p>Then Gordon, as spokesman, said, raising his cap, "Have we the pleasure -of welcoming to the Curve George Washington, whose birthday we -celebrate?"</p> - -<p>"You have," replied the person addressed, bowing low, and speaking in a -deep bass voice. "Of all the places where the anniversary of my birth is -being honored to-day none has offered more attraction than this. It -reminds me of scenes from my past life which can never be effaced from -my memory. The cliffs that surround this Curve, this frozen stream, this -fire even, built in my honor, recall the terrible winter at Valley -Forge, and that memorable night when I with my brave followers crossed -the Delaware."</p> - -<p>Here the General drew forth a large bandanna handkerchief from his -pocket and wiped his eyes.</p> - -<p>"Who can it be?" whispered the boys.</p> - -<p>"And where did he find that rig—'The old three-cornered hat, and the -breeches and all that'?" said Donald Gray, who was always ready, on -every occasion, with a quotation.</p> - -<p>Meanwhile the General had recovered from his emotion, replaced his -bandanna, and resumed his speech.</p> - -<p>"My experience amid the scenes of war has made me very sympathetic, and -I am easily affected to tears. If you have studied your histories, as -you should, you already know that I was very kind to my men, and always -tried to make them as comfortable as circumstances would permit."</p> - -<p>"The Commander-in-Chief is pretty eloquent," said Clarence to Ralph, "He -is using large words. Have you any idea who it is?"</p> - -<p>"I have my suspicions," answered Ralph, "but I am not sure. Hush! he -isn't through with his oration."</p> - -<p>"You all know the old fisherman down at the Ledge?" continued the -speaker, inquiringly.</p> - -<p>"Uncle Simon?" said half a dozen voices at once. "Should say so."</p> - -<p>"Yes, Uncle Simon. I think there is not a boy here that he has not -befriended, mended his fish-poles, disentangled his lines, patched his -boats, saved him from drowning in summer and from freezing in winter. -Well, Uncle Simon is down with rheumatism, and hasn't fire enough to -keep him warm. When I happened to hear of the fine stock of wood you had -laid in for a big bonfire, I thought now is Uncle Simon's chance to get -warm. Now Uncle Simon's young friends can come to the rescue. What do -you say, boys, shall we form ourselves into a skating brigade, pile the -wood on these sleds that you forgot to take home, and carry it down the -river to Uncle Simon? All in favor say 'Aye.'"</p> - -<p>The response to this appeal did not come at once. The boys thought this -rather a tame ending to their contemplated sport.</p> - -<p>"One good turn deserves another," said the General, persuasively.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_380" id="Page_380">[Pg 380]</a></span> -"Remember that Uncle Simon has helped most of you out of some -difficulty. Now, once more, all in favor say 'Aye.'"</p> - -<p>This time there was not a boy that did not respond. The cliffs around -echoed with the young voices.</p> - -<p>With the General's assistance they set to work. Two large logs were laid -on each sledge, with a third log on the top, and some brush that Max -said would do for Uncle Simon's kindling wood.</p> - -<p>"Eight boys to a sledge, four on each side, with a firm grasp on the -strap, and no racing, unless—well, unless you have to keep up with the -other sledge," commanded the General. "Now on with your skates again."</p> - -<p>"Can you skate, General?" asked Gordon.</p> - -<p>"Skate? Of course I can. Brigade is a pretty high-sounding name for so -small a company, but we shall do the work of one."</p> - -<p>"The fire is pretty low," said Jack, regretfully, as he looked at the -fast-dying flames.</p> - -<p>"I don't care," said Hugh Bently. "Uncle Simon sha'n't suffer from cold -if I can help it."</p> - -<p>Before starting off, General Washington produced a large covered basket -from behind a log. This he placed on the front of one of the sledges, -and secured firmly. He said that it was his present to Uncle Simon.</p> - -<p>While these scenes were being enacted at the Curve, Uncle Simon, in his -cottage at the Ledge, sat by his hearth, looking despondently into the -fire that was fast disappearing up the chimney in smoke. His thoughts -ran something in this way:</p> - -<p>"I shall have to go to bed pretty soon and stay there to keep warm. No -more wood, and nothin' to eat in the house."</p> - -<p>Here a twinge of rheumatism made him screw up his face, and his thoughts -became, in consequence, still more bitter.</p> - -<p>"I've done many a good turn to folks in my life. Every boy in Landon -ought to be here this minute waiting on me. The ungrateful little -rascals, never to think of—" Just here his thoughts were interrupted by -a loud rap on the door. "Come in," said Uncle Simon, starting up, then -sinking back in his chair as another twinge seized him. "Come in."</p> - -<p>But he was not prepared to see sixteen of the young rascals march in -with skates on their arms, and headed by a tall figure in military dress -carrying a basket. The small room was full.</p> - -<p>"What's this? What's this?" said the old man.</p> - -<p>"We are the Landon Skating Brigade," said their leader. "Our -headquarters are at the Curve, and we have brought you some wood and -some provisions for Washington's birthday. We intend to split the wood, -too."</p> - -<p>The boys looked at one another in dismay. This was more than they had -bargained for, and Ralph gave a low growl of disapproval. The spirit of -the occasion, however, was on them, and the General went on, -uninterrupted:</p> - -<p>"Perhaps you don't remember the boy you fished out of the Dip five -summers ago, just as he was going down the third time?" With this remark -the General took off his cocked-hat, and with it came the wig.</p> - -<p>"George Hastings!" exclaimed the old man.</p> - -<p>"Yes, George Washington Hastings." Young Hastings explained that he was -home from college to spend his birthday, had heard of Uncle Simon having -a visit from his old enemy, the rheumatism, and of the preparations -going on at the Curve. "Then I planned this campaign," he ended.</p> - -<p>"It beats everythin'—it beats everythin'! You are a second George -Washington," said Uncle Simon, in a choked voice.</p> - -<p>The boys made three more trips to the Ledge that night, and on the last -one they insisted on giving George Washington a ride.</p> - -<p>Uncle Simon did not suffer any more from cold or hunger, for he was -cared for by the Landon Skating Brigade.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_381" id="Page_381">[Pg 381]</a></span></p> - -<h2><a name="FOR_KING_OR_COUNTRY" id="FOR_KING_OR_COUNTRY">FOR KING OR COUNTRY.</a></h2> - -<h4>A Story of the Revolution.</h4> - -<h3>BY JAMES BARNES.</h3> - -<h3>CHAPTER XVIII.</h3> - -<h3>A CONFUSION OF IDENTITY.</h3> - -<p>After Abel Norton had left the young man whom he supposed to be his -friend George Frothingham, the spy, he hurried over to the westward -toward the rocky shore of the Hudson. Abel had never seen the "other -half," and did not know that George had a twin brother who might pass -for his reflection in a mirror, even to the curve of his little -finger-tip.</p> - -<p>The scheme for the capture of General Howe or his brother had fallen -through completely, and the two gentlemen, for some reason, had been -more wary than usual about accepting promiscuous invitations. Abel's -only wish now was to assist in relieving George (now that his wound -enabled him some freedom) from the danger of being a "mysterious -prisoner." He knew that if the latter's identity were disclosed he would -get short shrift and no favor.</p> - -<p>"Was it not lucky I met him? They must fare well at the sugar-house," -Abel said to himself, as he plunged down a steep bank into a rocky -hollow.</p> - -<p>There was a cluster of huts nestling opposite. Wooden screens from which -in the spring and fall the fish-nets were hung to dry surrounded them. A -few boats were hauled bottom upward before the door, and the icy water -of the Hudson lapped the shore of a small inlet only a stone's throw -distant. As he reached the door of one of the larger hovels he was -seized with a violent attack of coughing, and in the midst of it the -door was opened, and a rough, bearded man stood there holding a -flickering candle, which he was shielding with his knotty fingers.</p> - -<p>"What in the name of glory have we here?" he asked.</p> - -<p>"Jonas, good friend, it is I," spluttered Abel. "There's work for you -and Roger to-night, and money in it."</p> - -<p>"Well," replied the man, speaking in a deep drawling tone, "come -inside."</p> - -<p>He held the door open, and Mr. Norton essayed to pass him. A coughing -fit more violent than the first struck him like an internal hurricane, -and, being close to the candle, the blast from his lips extinguished the -light in an instant.</p> - -<p>"You must have swallowed the north wind," said the fisherman. "Roger, -lad, get a light."</p> - -<p>There was a movement in the further corner, and a young man raking -together the embers of the fire in the large stone fireplace. A blaze -broke out, and the candle was soon relit, throwing dancing shadows over -the beams strung with gill and seine nets. Piles of floats were littered -about, a sheaf of oars and a few sturgeon lances stood in the corner. -The floor was covered with shavings.</p> - -<p>"And what is the business on a night like this?" spoke up the younger -man, whom the other addressed as "Roger."</p> - -<p>"You are to row a silent man across the river."</p> - -<p>"It's a bad night to cross," growled the older fisherman, looking out -through the little window at the snow-flakes sifting through the ray of -light.</p> - -<p>"There's gold for you in the venture," coughed Abel Norton, who had -regained his composure partly, but was wheezing badly. He shook the -water from the shoulders of his great coat, and dove into a capacious -pocket. "This will be doubled if you succeed," he said, putting two gold -pieces on the edge of a sawhorse.</p> - -<p>"What time and where, Mr. Norton?" said the younger man, more -respectfully.</p> - -<p>"Be at Striker's wharf at eleven o'clock. A tall young man will hail -you. Ask no questions, but put him on the other side. He may add -something to this himself."</p> - -<p>"Will we try it, lad?" put in the older fisherman.</p> - -<p>"Aye," was the response; "we have butted the tide at a worse hour for -good reason."</p> - -<p>A minute more Abel was outside and climbing the bank; he skirted through -the vacant fields, and again was amidst the houses. The effect of his -illness was apparent, his steps were rather faltering, and it was ten -o'clock when he reached Broadway. He turned down the lane, and stopped -before the brick house in which Mr. Anderson had once held his school. -He knocked on the door, and a<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_382" id="Page_382">[Pg 382]</a></span> lanky servant girl admitted him. "I would -see your master at once," said Abel, as he passed on into the study.</p> - -<p>Mr. Anderson was seated at the end of the long table, his great horn -spectacles giving him an expression of constant surprise. A green shade -shielded his eyes from the glare of a bright lamp. "Gadzooks!" he -exclaimed. "Are you not taking risks, out on such a night as this?"</p> - -<p>"There are larger risks often taken," responded the older man, throwing -himself back in a chair and pulling at his neckerchief. "I am going to -break a rule, for the matter is urgent. We must talk despite the embargo -laid on certain subjects of conversation. Listen. Our young friend has -escaped. Number Four has broken out."</p> - -<p>"I did not know it was to be to-night," said Mr. Anderson. "Are you -sure? I was at the prison this afternoon, and saw no signal. You -remember, if everything was ready, he was to place two crusts of bread -outside the door of his cell. Only one was there. That meant to-morrow."</p> - -<p>"Nevertheless, I saw him and talked with him not two hours agone," -answered Abel.</p> - -<p>"The boat—" began the schoolmaster, excitedly.</p> - -<p>"They will meet him at Striker's wharf at eleven o'clock. The last -patrol goes down at half past ten."</p> - -<p>"You have done good work; but one more question, and then, we will -resume the rules. How was he dressed?"</p> - -<p>"In the uniform of a British officer," answered Abel.</p> - -<p>"Whew!" whistled Mr. Anderson. "There may be some mistake."</p> - -<p>"No chance of it," said Abel. "I talked with him."</p> - -<p>Mr. Anderson had arisen and taken off his spectacles. He reached down -from a hook a fine fur-lined coat, and was stretching it across his -shoulders. "You had best home and to bed, good friend," he said. "We'll -say no more upon the subject. It's a fine night."</p> - -<p>"Aye, for in-doors," coughed Abel Norton; and both conspirators passed -out into the cold air. They parted on the door-step. It had stopped -snowing.</p> - -<p>A wise plan for plotters to follow is that of never referring, even -amongst themselves, by word of mouth to the matter they wish kept -secret. If each receives his instructions from one source, and acts -accordingly, there is a better chance for success and less danger of -detection.</p> - -<p>The friends of American liberty that had remained banded together in the -city for the purpose of supplying Washington with information had -adopted this wise plan. Their orders were received from Number One, who -was none other than that trusted servant of the King, Rivington, printer -by special appointment to his Majesty. This worthy had come to the -patriot cause early in the fall. But he was the last man to suspect.</p> - -<p>The conspirators were seldom or never seen in one another's company, and -some were not even supposed to know the others. The action and -discoveries of each, however, were made understood by their system of -cipher correspondence. As an instance of the relation, the captain and -lieutenant (Rivington and Anderson) were supposed to be on terms of -bitter enmity.</p> - -<p>The latter was now making all haste to gain the lower part of town. A -suspicion had seized him that perhaps everything was not right. When he -came to the City Arms he hurried into the coffee-room.</p> - -<p>A young officer with a deep bass voice was singing a song full of sighs -and apostrophes to some distant fair one.</p> - -<p>Mr. Anderson slid into an empty chair and joined in the noise and -applause that followed the musical effort. He then turned to his -neighbor.</p> - -<p>"Ah, Captain Markham," he said, "have you seen our handsome young -friend, Lieutenant Frothingham, to-night?"</p> - -<p>"I was talking to him less than an hour ago," replied the Captain, who, -strange to say, was not in his cups. "He was to return, I take it, from -what he said."</p> - -<p>Hardly had bespoken the words when the subject of them entered. -William's face wore a preoccupied expression, and seeing one of the inn -servants, he beckoned him to one side. Mr. Anderson caught the gesture, -and noticed that the servant had followed the Lieutenant into the -hallway.</p> - -<p>If by chance he could have seen what occurred he would have been -surprised, for, after a short conversation, the servant departed with -three gold pieces clinking in his palm. He had then made his way to the -stables and aroused one of the tall young grooms. From the stables he -had walked to William's lodgings with a complete suit of the groom's -clothing over his arm. It comprised a short jacket and leather gaiters -like those worn by the young prisoner at the sugar-house, a good costume -for facing the snow.</p> - -<p>William entered the room a second time, and seeing Mr. Anderson, dragged -a chair across and sat down close to him.</p> - -<p>The little schoolmaster drew a secret from a simple nature with as much -delight as a keen terrier would draw a badger from his hiding-place.</p> - -<p>"What do you think has happened?" he inquired, to see how much the young -man knew.</p> - -<p>"Concerning what?" answered William, on his guard.</p> - -<p>"Concerning the person uppermost in your mind," returned the -schoolmaster.</p> - -<p>"I hope nothing ill," was William's anxious interruption.</p> - -<p>"No, no, perhaps not ill. 'Twas good you warned me."</p> - -<p>"It has caused me many sleepless hours," said William. "Let us draw -apart, for I must talk freely with you."</p> - -<p>They pushed back their chairs, and sought a deserted corner by the open -fireplace.</p> - -<p>"As a lad," remarked Mr. Anderson, "your brother was not prone to waste -words. You are like him. Talk quickly."</p> - -<p>"I am betwixt two fires," said the young man—"my duty and my -affections, Mr. Anderson. You know me. I love my brother as I love my -life, but I serve my—"</p> - -<p>"King," suggested the schoolmaster.</p> - -<p>"King," repeated William, wondering why he had found it so difficult to -say country, as he had intended. "I would die to save my brother's life, -I think most honestly," went on the young Lieutenant. "I would that he -was free, but I cannot, any more than you, connive at the escape of a -prisoner who might bear important news to the enemy. There is nothing -wrong in feigning to know naught of his existence, but to aid in his -escape I could not. Therefore I told you, and left the matter in your -hands, knowing your interest. You think not harshly of me? Pray think -how you would feel were you in my position. I feel sometime as if I were -not young at all, as if the separation from the brother who is in my -heart had aged me far beyond my years, so deeply do I feel it."</p> - -<p>"You said that you could trust me with his welfare. Now, prithee, what -has brought the subject up in this new light?" asked Schoolmaster -Anderson. "Remember that should it be known who he was, and the -authorities should find out what a dangerous person had been amongst -them, his life would not be worth the dregs in that wine-glass."</p> - -<p>William shuddered. "There's a plot to aid in his escape."</p> - -<p>"That I know well," returned the schoolmaster. "If it were frustrated -and he kept safe, you would rejoice—hey?"</p> - -<p>"'Twould be my duty," returned William.</p> - -<p>"Have you aught against the calling of a spy?" inquired Schoolmaster -Anderson.</p> - -<p>William reflected. "If it were base to be one," he replied, "my brother -George would have been far from it, that I promise you. A spy risks his -life to serve his king—"</p> - -<p>"Or country," put in Mr. Anderson. "Ay, he is usually a brave, fearless -man, and should not be condemned. He can harm no one but his enemy."</p> - -<p>"The stake he plays for is his life," continued William.</p> - -<p>"Now the one who spoke to you to-night—" said Mr. Anderson, as if -carrying on a train of thought of his own.</p> - -<p>"Spoke to me, sir? I said naught concerning that," answered the young -man, hastily.</p> - -<p>"If he had knowledge who you were—"</p> - -<p>"But he mistook me," again interrupted William. "What are you driving -at? To whom do you refer?"</p> - -<p>"His name has slipped me," replied the schoolmaster. "You may be able to -jog my memory. I saw you talking with him a short while ago. I can find -out easily."</p> - -<p>"No; listen," said William. And then he told of his meeting with Abel -Norton, and the conversation in the doorway, omitting, however, entirely -the reference to the boat.</p> - -<p>When he had finished Mr. Anderson replied. "This is interesting news to -me," he said; "but it was not to this strange person that I referred. It -was to your neighbor at<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_383" id="Page_383">[Pg 383]</a></span> the table, Captain—what's his name?—over -there, who had been talking to you before you left. So that was an -adventure on the street? What are you going to do?"</p> - -<p>William saw that he had been trapped into telling what he had better, -perhaps, have kept quiet. "I have been ordered to the forces at the -north," he said, confused.</p> - -<p>"Indeed?" replied Schoolmaster Anderson. "Success to you. I judged that -you were not a kind to idle in tavern parlors, or your regiment one to -grow stale in barracks."</p> - -<p>"But I am going alone," said William, entrapped again.</p> - -<p>"Ah!" said the schoolmaster; "much better, mayhap; changes are oft for -the best." A roar of laughter from the table attracted his attention. -"Come, we are missing all the gayety," he said. And slipping his arm -through William's, he strolled up and joined the group, who were -listening to a red-faced adjutant relating a story of being lost in an -Irish bog.</p> - -<p>When William looked around a moment or so later the schoolmaster had -disappeared.</p> - -<p>He had slipped away unnoticed, and his nimble feet were flying up the -road. He swung about the corner into Vine Street. The sentry at the door -of the prison was fast asleep, his heavy head resting on his folded -arms. The schoolmaster ducked adroitly underneath him and opened the -door; he crossed the court-yard to the prison entrance, and pulled the -bell. There was a stirring within, and the jailer stood there -unsteadily, half asleep, with a blanket thrown about his shoulders.</p> - -<p>"What want you now?" he asked.</p> - -<p>"The prisoner on the second floor," said Schoolmaster Anderson. "His -Lordship would have him examined. Know you whether he has a birth-mark -on his cheek?"</p> - -<p>"I don't know or care," answered the jailer.</p> - -<p>"'Tis to decide a wager," said the little man, clicking his heels -together, "and if he has not one, half of it is for yourself. You -remember the inspection the other day?"</p> - -<p>"Ay," said the jailer. "Is the bet for a large amount?"</p> - -<p>"Wait until you hear," laughed the schoolmaster. "I saw it plainly. -Come, let us up, I say."</p> - -<p>But now the jailer took a sudden turn. "I would not have him disturbed. -I have a kindly feeling for the lad."</p> - -<p>"What, turning soft-hearted?" answered the schoolmaster, who had already -pushed half up the stairway. He picked up a lantern from the wall.</p> - -<p>"Leave the poor lad alone," said the jailer, gruffly.</p> - -<p>By this time the sound of Mr. Anderson's heels was echoing down the -corridor. He held the lantern above his head, and a look of astonishment -spread over his features.</p> - -<p>He retraced his steps to where the jailer stood, leaning against the -wall, his hands outstretched for support.</p> - -<p>"You may save your pity and your solicitude," said Mr. Anderson, banging -up the lantern. "There will be some reckoning made for this condition of -affairs to-night."</p> - -<p>"What? What?" stammered the jailer.</p> - -<p>"Mark what I say," went on the schoolmaster, looking the other squarely -in the face with his twinkling ferretlike eyes. "Your prisoner has -escaped. You careless sluggard!"</p> - -<p>Of course all this requires an explanation.</p> - -<p>It had been a momentous day for the prisoner in the little cell. The -signal, as agreed upon in another cipher letter which had been smuggled -in to him, was this: If the bars were ready to be misplaced he would put -two crusts of bread outside the doorway of his cell; if for any reason -the time should be postponed, only one would be placed on the flagging. -Some one on an ostensible visit to another part of the jail would be on -the lookout for this simple sign. It happened that just before this -visit was paid, the under jailer, unseen, swept away one of the crusts -of bread, so the signal appeared to read for the following night.</p> - -<p>The bars, however, were ready to be removed. It would take but a slight -exertion to make a hole large enough for him to draw his body through. -But how to escape from the door below or to pass the sentry at the -gateway?</p> - -<p>When the second jailer appeared early in the evening, George stopped him -and handed him five golden guineas. "Have a feast at my expense," he -said. "Share it with the people here who have been so good to me; to-day -is my birthday." (This was a fact, and, for that reason, William's as -well.) "Listen, also; go you to Fraunce's Tavern and buy four bottles of -the best Lone Star Madeira. Present them to the head prison-keeper with -the compliments of an officer. Pretend you do not know from whom they -come. He might not accept them from a prisoner in his care."</p> - -<p>Probably the man had never held so much gold in the grasp of his dirty -fingers before. He fairly grovelled. "Lord bless you, sir, leave me to -do the lying," he said.</p> - -<p>George's last generous offer had almost proved his undoing, for shortly -after dark he had heard the sounds of carousing and some merriment from -the jailer's quarters. The sentry at the head of the stairs had -disappeared, and the sound of the file biting away the last remaining -bits of steel would have been audible were it not for the clamor below. -He was about to push the loosened iron out when a wheezy voice humming a -snatch of a song was heard coming down the corridor. It was the head -jailer.</p> - -<p class="center">"Stone walls do not a prison make, nor iron bars a cage,"</p> - -<p>he chanted thickly. "I can be generous as well as other folk. I am not a -hard man. My guest of honor must drink with me." In an instant he was -before the doorway. "Here's a good health to you, my unknown friend. -Long live the King!" With that the jailer wavered unsteadily and tossed -off a glass of Madeira.</p> - -<p>George feared that he was about to be discovered, and pretended sleep; -but this was all the visit amounted to, for soon he heard the heavy -footsteps lumber down the stairway, still protesting that it was not "a -flint heart."</p> - -<p>Now was the time. George pushed the bars gently, and they came off -without much trouble. He laid them on the quilt, and drew himself -through the aperture, then he tiptoed carefully down the steps.</p> - -<p>A ray of light from a room to the right showed that the door was partly -ajar. He looked inside. The jailer was fast asleep. Before him on the -table wore three empty bottles of Madeira. A heavy military cloak hung -from a peg at one side, and a huge three-cornered hat above it. George -throw the cloak about his shoulders and placed the hat upon his head. It -came down over his ears. He drew the bolt of the big front door and -stepped out under the stars—for it had ceased snowing—and into the -court-yard. The only entrance was guarded by a man leaning on his -musket.</p> - -<p>How to pass him was the question. But as the young fugitive drew nearer -he perceived that the tall soldier was fast asleep. He was leaning on -one side of the door with his foot propped against a post on the other. -His leg made a barrier.</p> - -<p>Making his body as small as possible, George essayed to stoop under the -outstretched leg; but his shoulder jostled the sentry, and he awoke. -George recognized the ex-corporal.</p> - -<p>"Well, well, McCune," he said, shaking the man roughly; "asleep at your -post, man! It will never do!"</p> - -<p>The sentry drew himself up as best he could, and his musket snapped to a -present. "Pardon me, Lieutenant," he said. "Do not report me, or I will -get the lash." The poor fellow trembled as he spoke.</p> - -<p>"Let it not occur again," said George, "and I will see."</p> - -<p>"May the saints bless you, sir!" said the sentry thickly, as he watched -the figure of his supposed officer disappearing about the corner. It was -at this moment that Anderson and William were holding their talk at the -tavern.</p> - -<p>At eleven o'clock a small boat jumped about under the rafters at the end -of Striker's wharf. A man with a boat-hook held it securely against the -pier head.</p> - -<p>"'Tis time he were coming," he said to another behind.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;"> -<img src="images/ill_010.jpg" width="600" height="381" alt="" /> -<span class="caption">IN AN INSTANT THE BOAT SWEPT OUT INTO THE SWIRLING TIDE.</span> -</div> - -<p>At that moment a soft hail was heard, and a young man bent over the edge -of the timbers. In an instant he had lowered himself into the boat, the -oars were manned, and it had swept out into the swirling tide of the -river.</p> - -<p>Hardly had it disappeared when another figure of the same size and -general appearance came on a quick walk to the water's edge. He hailed -softly, looking under the pier.</p> - -<p>There was no answer, or no boat in sight. The cloaked figure then turned -about and hurried back to the eastward.</p> - -<p>Had something gone amiss?</p> - -<h4>[<span class="smcap">to be continued</span>.]</h4> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_384" id="Page_384">[Pg 384]</a></span></p> - -<h2><a name="MYSTERIES_OF_STAGE_SCENERY" id="MYSTERIES_OF_STAGE_SCENERY">MYSTERIES OF STAGE SCENERY.</a></h2> - -<h3>BY W. J. HENDERSON.</h3> - -<p>You have taken off your overcoat and made yourself as comfortable as -possible in an angular little folding-chair that never was intended to -give any human being a minute's comfort. The orchestra has crashed -through the last measures of the overture. The footlights are turned up; -the auditorium lights are turned down; the curtain rises. You see a -beautiful valley, winding away among very purple mountains till it loses -itself in the crimson of the glowing sunset. The sky is as luminous as -if it were nature itself, and you are almost tempted to believe that the -rear wall of the theatre has been removed, and that you are looking out -at something real. Presently you notice a few soft fleecy clouds -drifting across the sky. The crimson fades gradually, and the pale gray -of a brief twilight follows. The sky grows darker and darker, and -presently you see the twinkle of a single star, then another and -another. And now a gentle greenish glow begins to pervade the scene. It -increases in power till the stage is flooded with the bright refulgence -of a summer moon. The whole thing is beautifully managed, and is most -realistic.</p> - -<div class="figright" style="width: 279px;"> -<img src="images/ill_011.jpg" width="279" height="400" alt="" /> -<span class="caption">MAKING THE FIRE IN THE LAST SCENE OF "DIE WALKÜRE."<br /><br /> -Calciums, Cloud-machine, Lycopodium Torch, Red Fire, and Steam-box in Operation.</span> -</div> - -<p>But after a time the moonlight fades out, and leaves behind it a -threatening gloom. A dull distant peal of thunder proclaims the approach -of a storm. There is a flash of lightning. The storm breaks. Peal upon -peal of crashing thunder rends the sky. The wind howls and shrieks, and -the sharp cut of the driving rain is distinctly heard. The curtain falls -at the end of the act, and you rub your eyes and wonder if you have been -dreaming or have really seen these things on a wooden stage.</p> - -<p>The next act shows a scene in the forest, and as the sunlight filters -through the rustling leaves, the dancing shadows on rock and trunk are -plainly seen. Again the scene changes. This time it is a fire. The stage -is filled with flames and smoke and the crash of falling timbers. You -are almost tempted to believe that the house is really afire. But the -same old curtain comes down at the end, and only a strong smell of -powder reminds you of what you have seen. In the last act of this -surprising play the hero and heroine, converted into disembodied -spirits, go to the heavenly regions on a winged horse; and you see them, -glowing with supernatural light, go flying across the deep blue sky. You -leave the theatre in a state of wonder.</p> - -<p>How is it all done?</p> - -<p>Of course I have been imagining a play in which many different effects -were combined; but nevertheless you have seen these illusions, though -not all in the same play.</p> - -<p>Spectral appearances are often managed nowadays with a stereopticon. For -instance, in <i>Siegfried</i> there is a scene in the forest in which the -music of the opera is supposed to depict the rustling of the leaves. In -order to heighten the effect of this scene it is customary to produce -the illusion of the flickering of the sunlight caused by the waving -foliage. This is done by means of movable glasses, something like the -arrangement of a kaleidoscope without the variety of colors. The white -light is thrown through these moving glasses, and the audience sees the -waving shadows, as if caused by sunlight filtering through wind-shaken -leaves. In the last act of <i>Die Walküre</i> the sisters of Brünnhilde are -heard coming through the air to their customary place of assembly to the -wild measures of the "Ride of the Valkyries." It is also necessary that -they should be seen. This necessity is fulfilled by the stereopticon. A -picture of a Valkyr maid mounted on her steed is thrown on the dark -drop-curtain at the back of the stage, and is made to pass from the -upper left-hand corner down to the lower right-hand corner. By keeping -the power of the light at a moderate pitch, the picture is prevented -from being too hard and definite. Again, when the sisters, fleeing -before the angry Wotan, depart in a body, a picture representing the -group passes from the lower right-hand corner to the upper left-hand -corner, while the stormy music of the "Ride" dies away. The effect is -very fine indeed.</p> - -<p>In the <i>Flying Dutchman</i> there is a view of the sea in the first scene, -and a gale of wind is supposed to be blowing. The audience sees thin, -gray, filmy scud scurrying across the sky from the beginning of the -scene until the gale ends. This is also a stereopticon effect, and is -produced by passing properly painted glasses across the opening of the -lens. These few instances will give the reader some idea of the part -which the stereopticon now plays in the illusions of the stage. It -cannot be said that the results are always satisfactory, and, no doubt, -in the course of time a better plan will be introduced.</p> - -<p>One of the most familiar and beautiful effects produced upon the stage -is the change from day to night or from night to day. The former, owing -to the conditions surrounding stage illusions, is the more striking, and -is that most frequently seen. In order to produce this effect the -rearmost piece of scenery is a "drop," which is made about double the -height of the ordinary scenes. This drop is painted to represent sky. -The lower half is colored with the bright tints of the sunset, and these -gradually blend in the middle of the drop into the subdued shades of a -moonlit night. Sometimes the setting sun itself is shown, and this is -effected<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_385" id="Page_385">[Pg 385]</a></span> by cutting a circular hole in the drop, pasting a piece of red -muslin over the back of it, and putting a light behind it. The drop is -now hung so that the lower half alone is visible. Now the scenery of the -distance is painted upon a separate piece, which is "profiled"—that is, -the irregular line made by trees, houses, mountains, etc., is cut out -with a circular saw. This profile piece is set about four feet in front -of the sky drop. Some six or eight feet further toward the front is hung -what is called a cut-gauze drop, though this is sometimes omitted, -especially if the view at the rear embraces an expanse of water. If it -is woods, however, the cut-gauze drop is always used. This drop has -sides and a top of canvas, painted as the case requires. The open -central part is filled with stout gauze netting, which gives a charming -aerial effect to the distance.</p> - -<p>Now all is ready for the sunset except the lights, which are arranged -thus: Behind the profile a row runs across the stage to throw its light -on the lower part of the sky drop. The top part is illuminated by the -border lights. A similar arrangement is made in front of the profile, -while the foreground depends for its light on the borders and -footlights. In all new theatres these are electric lights in three -circuits. One circuit consists of lights with white globes, another red, -and the third green. For broad daylight effects the white are used. In -the scene we are describing, beginning with sunset, the red circuit is -turned on. Calcium-lights with red glasses are stationed at the sides of -the stage, and thus the whole scene is suffused with a glow of red -light. The change from sunset to moonlight is effected by slowly and -imperceptibly lowering the sky drop. As the sun disappears behind the -distant hills the red "mediums," as they are called, are turned off and -the green ones gradually turned on. When the night sky has fairly got -down to its place the green mediums are all turned on at full force, and -green glasses are placed in front of the calciums. The stage appears now -to be flooded with moonlight. Of course the moon cannot be shown, for it -would naturally be too far toward the audience. I was once in a theatre -where the sun went down behind a mountain, and in half a minute the moon -rose in the very same place. And the strangest part of it was that the -audience did not pay any attention to this astounding freak of nature.</p> - -<div class="figleft" style="width: 261px;"> -<img src="images/ill_012.jpg" width="261" height="400" alt="" /> -<span class="caption">BEHIND THE SCENES.<br /><br /> -Man up in the Flies producing flickering Sunlight.</span> -</div> - -<p>The change from moonlight to sunrise is, of course, effected by simply -reversing the process just described. Either one of these changes may be -rendered more effective by certain additions. For instance, in the -sunset part of the drop all the spaces between the clouds may be cut -out. Muslin is then pasted over these openings, and is painted to -represent the sky between the clouds. By placing lights behind this -muslin a beautiful transparent sky is produced, and by gradually -changing the color and intensity of the light as the sun goes down the -appearance of the scene is made very realistic. This method is seldom -employed, except in plays in which the scenic effects are an important -element. A moonlit river is made also by cutting out the canvas, putting -in muslin, and lighting it from the rear.</p> - -<p>Moonrise is produced with a sky drop, cut out between the clouds, as in -the case of the sunset just described, and a "moon-box." This moon-box -is simply a box with a circular hole cut in one side of it. Over this -hole is pasted a piece of white muslin, and inside the box is a light. -The box is placed behind the muslin sky drop, with the hole against the -drop. The light is turned on, and the moon is drawn slowly upward by -wires. Of course the illuminated face of the moon shows through the -muslin, and disappears when it passes behind the thick canvas clouds. By -having another piece of muslin painted red, and imperceptibly fading to -white in its upper part, the orb of night can be made to appear red at -the horizon, and gradually change to pale yellow as it floats upward, -just as it does on a summer night. A few floating clouds may be added to -the general effect by hanging in front of the sky drop a gauze drop with -a few muslin clouds sewn on it, and moving the whole slowly. These -matters charm the eye and create an illusion when they are skilfully -managed.</p> - -<p>I spoke of a moonlit river. Sometimes you see in the theatre a river or -a bay which does not simply lie calmly luminous under the rays of the -stage moon, but which sparkles with dancing ripples. This is a very -pretty stage effect, and is by no means difficult to produce. The -position of the moon having been determined, the next thing is to make -what Mr. Howard Pyle so gracefully describes as the "moon path." -Beginning at the upper edge of the water, a number of irregular holes -are cut in the scene. These are then covered on the back with muslin, -and the whole is painted over to represent water. Behind these holes is -placed an endless sheet of canvas, passing around two cylinders of wood, -one at the top and the other at the bottom. The lower cylinder has a -crank by which the sheet is turned. In the sheet are cut a number of -holes similar to those in the scene. A strong light is now placed -between the two sides of the sheet. When the crank is turned the -flashing of the light from the moving holes in the sheet through the -stationary ones in the scene produces a fine ripple. It is necessary to -turn the crank so that the front part of the sheet is always ascending, -because in this way the holes through which the light flows<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_386" id="Page_386">[Pg 386]</a></span> pass -upward, and that makes the mimic waves seem to dance upward toward the -sky. Sometimes the man who turns the crank becomes tired, and the -audience is surprised to see the ripples go by fits and starts. For this -reason an electric motor is better, or a steam attachment, if such a -thing can be had in the theatre. The moonlit sky above the waters may be -improved by the addition of a few twinkling stars, and these are easily -enough produced by hanging large spangles on bent pins. The slightest -tremor of the drop will cause them to shake, and the flashing of the -light which they reflect produces the illusion of twinkling.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<h2><a name="STUDYING_TO_BE_MUSICIANS" id="STUDYING_TO_BE_MUSICIANS">STUDYING TO BE MUSICIANS.</a></h2> - -<p>Some agreeable writer, whose name I have forgotten, said that there was -no art which had so many devotees as music, and none of which there was -such widespread ignorance. If I should say that there must be in the -city of New York not less than 50,000 girls engaged in learning how to -play upon the piano, I should perhaps astonish some of the readers of -this paper, yet it is my firm belief that these figures are much too -small. Such institutions as the National Conservatory of Music and the -New York College of Music have each from 600 to 800 piano students, and -there are some thirty smaller conservatories in the city. The number of -private pupils is enormous, and one often wonders whether it can be -possible that Americans are so fond of music that every family contains -a student. The truth is, however, that nine-tenths of the girls who -study the piano—I had almost said study music, but they do not do -that—are actuated not by a love of music, but simply by a desire to -possess an accomplishment. These young women are quite contented if they -can acquire sufficient technical skill to perform a few brilliant, showy -pieces in such a manner as to surprise their friends. There are a few, -of course, who learn to play the piano because they are really fond of -music, and desire to be able to give themselves artistic pleasure. And -there are a few others who are studying seriously in the hope of -becoming fine artists, capable of delighting the public, or, at the -worst, of becoming professors in conservatories. Even then they are not -much worse off than the great artists of the concert stage, for it is -only once in a generation that a man like Paderewski arises, who can -earn hundreds of thousands of dollars. Most of the noted pianists are -compelled to teach in order to make a living, for concert engagements -are not numerous. Their devotion to their art is the result of a deep -and absorbing love for it, which must be its own reward.</p> - -<p>Life in the music schools of New York is by no means as picturesque as -life in the art schools, so charmingly described by Mr. Ralph; but it is -interesting, and it has a remarkable jargon of its own, quite -unintelligible to the non-musical person. The girls—the boy students -are very few—flock to the New York schools from the entire surrounding -country. Every morning train brings them from Newark, Paterson, -Elizabeth, Yonkers, Tarrytown, Nyack, Greenwich, and other outlying -towns and cities, where, indeed, good teachers may often be found, but -not the advantage of conservatory systems. The New York girls come in -street cars, in carriages with liveried coachmen, and on foot, for the -students are of all classes. It is an inspiriting sight to see them -trooping in on a stormy winter morning, with their heavy wraps, their -snow-covered furs, their stout overshoes, their arms full of music, -their cheeks full of roses, and their eyes dancing with the glow of -exercise. Then there is the usual chatter about the lessons as they -assemble in the waiting-room.</p> - -<p>"Oh, I don't believe I shall ever manage that queer passage in the -bass—the one where the chord of five notes is, don't you know?"</p> - -<p>"Yes, I had that sonata last year; but, my dear, it's child's play to -the Schumann piece I have now."</p> - -<p>"Oh, dear!" says another, drearily, "I do wish that Bach had never -lived. I'm sure I can't see anything pretty in his eternal fugues."</p> - -<p>"Well, I don't think they're any worse than these Deppe two-finger -exercises."</p> - -<p>"Wait till you begin counterpoint, dear," says another, consolingly.</p> - -<p>And then the bell strikes, and off they all go, still chattering, to the -various class-rooms or lesson-rooms. A few minutes later the -conservatory becomes a dreadful babel of confused sounds. Down in the -basement some one is groaning out an organ fugue by Thiele, with a great -clattering of heels on the pedals. On the first floor the sight-reading -class is droning angularly a part song by Weinzierl in the large room, -while in the apartment next to them the "gold medal" pupil is pounding -Schumann's Etudes Symphoniques into sounding brass without any tinkling -of cymbals. Upstairs one young woman is pursuing the uneven sopranos of -her way up and down the scale, a boy is playing a violin étude in -several kinds of pitch, and a dozen girls are hammering out their -semi-weekly allowance of Bach, Beethoven, Weber, Mozart, and Chopin all -at once. The teachers—German, Polish, Russian, French, Italian, -occasionally American—sit, stand, or pace the floor, according to their -temperaments, and correct, guide, and urge gently or excitably as the -case may be.</p> - -<p>"No, my dear, the accent on the second beat, and the pedal taken after -it, and held over to the first beat of the next bar."</p> - -<p>"Ach! You, dere! You play mit your knuckle! Vat is dat? Bay, bay; hit de -bay!"</p> - -<p>"Ah, mon enfant! You sing wiz ze troat vide oppen, so—ba-a-a-ah. Is it -not? Vell, I vish you sing viz ze glottis a lettle pinch, so—bu-u-u-uh. -Now, sing."</p> - -<p>And the unhappy pupil closes her throat up, as if she had a sort of -artistic croup, and tries to force her voice through by main strength. -In the mass of pupils in the conservatory there are always twenty or -thirty who are studying seriously, with the hope of making artistic -careers for themselves. These do not simply study the pianos or singing; -they study music, which is a vastly more laborious undertaking. For once -a week there is the lesson in harmony, which is one of the driest and -most discouraging topics in the world. Yet no one can be said to know -anything about music who does not understand harmony. Just think of -it—harmony, counterpoint and fugue, form, theory, composition, -instrumentation, sight-reading, history of music. Those are the subjects -which the educated musician must know, and they are all taught in the -regular music-schools. Harmony is the science of chords, you know. The -teacher explains the laws by which the various intervals are governed, -leading the pupil step by step till he has advanced from a simple -"resolution" like this:</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 168px;"> -<img src="images/ill_013.jpg" width="168" height="80" alt="" /> -</div> - -<p>to something like this:</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 300px;"> -<img src="images/ill_014.jpg" width="300" height="79" alt="" /> -</div> - -<p>Then comes that wonderful art of counterpoint, culminating in the -building of a grand and complex composition out of two little phrases, -called subject and answer, which flash and frown one against the other -like lightnings against a blue-black sky. The student has to learn all -about form—how a symphony is constructed from the humble beginning of a -simple motive like this:</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 200px;"> -<img src="images/ill_015.jpg" width="200" height="62" alt="" /> -</div> - -<p>Furthermore, he must study instrumentation, and learn how the small army -of voices in the modern orchestra are to be used. He must know their -compass, their capacity for fast performance, the notes upon which it is -possible to make trills, the keys in which they stand, and, above all, -the character of the writing best suited to them. And again, he must be -acquainted with the history of his art, for without it he is quite -ignorant of the purposes of the composers whose works he attempts to -perform. What a light it throws upon the correct interpretation of -Mozart to know that in his day smoothness, finish, and a singing tone -were the requisites of good playing. What a valuable thing it is for the -pupil to know that Mozart desired to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_387" id="Page_387">[Pg 387]</a></span> have the passages flow like oil, -and that he was opposed to all decided violations of the time. What a -flood of illumination it throws on all music to know the meaning of the -three great periods of musical history, polyphonic, classic, and -romantic. These subjects are taught to classes by lectures and special -teachers; but it is a sufficient evidence of the light-mindedness with -which most pupils approach, music that not more than five per cent. of -the conservatory students enter these classes. The composition classes, -of course, are only for very advanced students. Indeed, in Dr. Antonin -Dvoràk's composition class at the National Conservatory several -well-known composers are to be found.</p> - -<p>And what do the music students outside of their study and practice -hours? You can see them by the dozen at concerts and at the opera. They -are especially conspicuous at the matinée entertainments. They have a -school-girlish look, coupled with an air of wisdom, and they devote -great attention to pianists' hands and arms. If the student is an -aspiring young vocalist, she uses her opera-glass continually. I said to -one of them at an opera matinée once,</p> - -<p>"Why do you constantly watch Madame Lehmann through your opera-glass?"</p> - -<p>"Well," she replied, "my teacher says that I must keep my tongue flat, -because all good singers do, and I'm trying to see how Madame Lehmann -holds hers."</p> - -<p>"And how does she?"</p> - -<p>"I can't see it all; I believe she has swallowed it."</p> - -<p>Another said to me:</p> - -<p>"I am watching Mr. Paderewski's wrists. My teacher says I must keep my -wrists up, and there he goes every few minutes and lets his drop below -the key-board."</p> - -<p>"Perhaps when you are as far advanced as Mr. Paderewski," I suggested, -"your teacher will allow you to do as you please with your wrists."</p> - -<p>It takes time and devotion to make a good musician. I know that Mr. -Paderewski is in the habit of practising from four to six hours a day, -in addition to the performance of his long and difficult concert -programmes, in order to preserve the skill which he acquired by long and -wearisome labor. Even the men who play in the orchestras spend several -hours each day in practice, for fingers will grow stiff and awkward -unless they are used constantly.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<h2><a name="FALCONRY_OR_HAWKING" id="FALCONRY_OR_HAWKING">FALCONRY, OR "HAWKING."</a></h2> - -<h3>BY ZITELLA COCKE.</h3> - -<p>The training of hawks was a recognized profession in the last century. -There were men who devoted their lives to it, and drew immense salaries -for their labor. Louis XIII., who was devoted to this sport, and always -rode out with his falconer and falcon for a hunt before going to mass in -the morning, paid his trainer by the day a sum which seemed fabulous. -Poor Louis XVI. did not care for the sport, and dismissed trainers and -falcons from his service as an unnecessary expense.</p> - -<p>So much time and pains were taken in the training of these birds that it -was the occasion of a regular technical language, understood only by -those who were versed in the art and the sport. Training the bird was -called "manning it." Jesses were part of the bird's equipment, and -consisted of narrow strips of strong leather fastened to its leg, by -which it could be held when not on the hunt. Flat gold or silver rings -called "varvels" were attached to the end of these jesses, with the -owner's name and address written upon them. Bells were frequently tied -to the leg of the bird, so that when it flew out of sight it could be -traced by sound of the bell. To teach the bird to do what was called -"jumping to the fist" was a great art, and took great time and care to -accomplish. And a pretty sight it must have been—a sight quite worthy -of being portrayed in Queen Matilda's embroidered tapestry—to see the -bird, eager and impatient, about to spring to its master's fist. The -graceful motion could not, of course, be represented in a picture, but -as we imagine it, we cannot wonder that hunting with hawks was even more -fascinating than hunting with hounds. And then to see it spring from the -gauntleted fist into the air, and soar far away until it became a mere -speck in the sky, yet never forgetting its resting-place, and returning -to it after a flight of many a mile.</p> - -<p>And this glove, or gauntlet, upon the hand of the falconer, and -sometimes the monarch, was an important feature of the equipment. It -was made of thick buckskin, and the royal gauntlets were wondrously -adorned with gold and silver threads, and even jewels, set in forms -of flowers and family crests. The bird itself often wore a helmet -bedecked with plumes and jewels, to be removed, however, when it -was pluming itself for flight. The call to the hawk was a spirited -cry—"Yo-ho-hup—yohup—yohup"; and another, -"Helover—helow—helow—helover."</p> - -<p>When the bird was taken out and exercised, with a view to keeping him in -good physical condition, as well as in thorough acquaintance with the -various things taught him by his trainer, it was called "weathering."</p> - -<p>The distance accomplished by these birds in a short time seems almost -incredible, and this circumstance alone would make them a terror to -their victims. Few birds could compete with the falcon. Its flight was -as rapid as it was untiring, keeping always a little above the victim, -and swooping down upon it in such a way as to make resistance -impossible. In the air the heron itself was unable to resist his -assailant, but if the two fell to the earth the heron had the advantage, -and the falcon rarely escaped without losing one or both eyes. It was -the eye always at which the heron aimed. A German Duke is said to have -wept bitterly when his favorite falcon, falling to the earth with a -heron in his talons, lost both of its eyes in the encounter which took -place on the ground.</p> - -<p>Lovers of dogs insisted that the hawk came to the "lure" only—the -"lure" being the feed which constitutes a part of the training—and was -never actuated by an affection for its master. But lovers of falconry -declare the falcon to be capable of warm and lasting affection. A -Colonel Johnson, of the Rifle Brigade, was ordered to Canada with his -battalion. He had devoted much time and expense to the "manning," or -training, of two falcons, and he took them with him across the Atlantic. -During the voyage, after feeding them, he would fly them every day. -Sometimes they sailed far out of sight, but always returned to the -master. One evening, after a longer flight than usual, one of the -falcons returned alone; the other, the chief favorite, was missing. -Colonel Johnson made up his mind that he would never see his falcon -again, but one day, after the arrival of the regiment in America, he saw -a paragraph in a Halifax newspaper announcing that the captain of an -American schooner had in his possession a fine hawk, which had suddenly -made its appearance on board his ship during his passage from Liverpool. -Colonel Johnson believed this bird to be his much-prized falcon, and -obtaining leave of absence, started in pursuit of it. He went to -Halifax, saw the captain of the schooner, and asked permission to see -the bird. The captain refused the request, "guessed" that he would keep -the bird himself, and asserted his disbelief in the Englishman's story. -Colonel Johnson proposed that his claim to the ownership of the bird -should be put to the test by an experiment. It was this: Colonel Johnson -was to be admitted to an interview with the hawk, which had shown no -partiality for any person since its arrival in the New World, and had -repelled the caresses of its new owner. If at this meeting it exhibited -unequivocal signs of recognition such as would convince the by-standers -that Colonel Johnson was its original master, the American captain was -to surrender all claim to it. Several Americans present admitted this -test to be perfectly reasonable, and the captain was persuaded to -acquiesce. He went up stairs, and returned with the falcon. The door was -hardly opened before the bird jumped from the captain's fist and perched -upon the shoulder of its long-lost master, rubbing its head against his -cheek, taking hold of his buttons and champing them playfully in its -beak, and evincing by every way in its power its delight and affection. -The verdict was unanimous. Even the hard-hearted captain relented, and -the falcon was restored to its rightful owner.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_388" id="Page_388">[Pg 388]</a></span></p> - -<h2>PUTTING THE SIXTEEN-POUND SHOT.</h2> - -<p class="center">From instantaneous Photographs taken of W. O. Hickok, Inter-collegiate -Champion.</p> - -<div class="figleft" style="width: 326px;"> -<img src="images/ill_016.jpg" width="326" height="400" alt="" /> -<span class="caption">1.</span> -</div> - -<div class="figright" style="width: 325px;"> -<img src="images/ill_017.jpg" width="325" height="400" alt="" /> -<span class="caption">2.</span> -</div> - -<div class="figleft" style="width: 322px;"> -<img src="images/ill_018.jpg" width="322" height="400" alt="" /> -<span class="caption">3.</span> -</div> - -<div class="figright" style="width: 330px;"> -<img src="images/ill_019.jpg" width="330" height="400" alt="" /> -<span class="caption">4.</span> -</div> - -<div class="figleft" style="width: 321px;"> -<img src="images/ill_020.jpg" width="321" height="400" alt="" /> -<span class="caption">5.</span> -</div> - -<div class="figright" style="width: 314px;"> -<img src="images/ill_021.jpg" width="314" height="400" alt="" /> -<span class="caption">6.</span> -</div> - -<div class="figleft" style="width: 344px;"> -<img src="images/ill_022.jpg" width="344" height="400" alt="" /> -<span class="caption">7.</span> -</div> - -<div class="figright" style="width: 288px;"> -<img src="images/ill_023.jpg" width="288" height="400" alt="" /> -<span class="caption">8.</span> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 293px;"> -<img src="images/ill_024.jpg" width="293" height="400" alt="" /> -<span class="caption">9.</span> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_389" id="Page_389">[Pg 389]</a></span></p> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 800px;"><a name="INTERSCHOLASTIC_SPORT" id="INTERSCHOLASTIC_SPORT"></a> -<img src="images/ill_025.jpg" width="800" height="166" alt="INTERSCHOLASTIC SPORT" /> -</div> - -<p>Although putting the shot and throwing the hammer are events usually -performed by the same man in an athletic competition, it is a fact, -nevertheless, that the two things do not go well together. The hammer -develops the pulling muscles in the back and arms, while the shot, on -the other hand, develops the pushing muscles.</p> - -<p>At one time Hickok, the present inter-collegiate champion, devoted -himself exclusively to the shot, and soon got himself into such form -that he could put 45 feet at any trial. Then he started in to practise -with the hammer, and found his best throw measured only 110 feet—his -best former record being one hundred and forty odd. He kept on -systematically working then at both weights, but he soon noticed that -the shot went down as the hammer went up, so that in a month he could -scarcely do 40 feet. At the next inter-collegiate contest he put the -shot 44 feet, which he considered a lucky performance—and it -was—although before training for the hammer event for the same contest -he had put over 45 feet.</p> - -<p>To become successful in this event requires long and persistent work, -just as in hammer-throwing. Shot-putting is a great science to develop, -and it usually takes several years before an athlete can really become -proficient in the event. The beginner must first strengthen his arms, -giving particular attention to the development of the triceps and -deltoids. This is best accomplished by work on the parallel bars, and by -pounding a bag, as in boxing. The latter exercise cultivates swiftness. -Sprinting is also an important exercise for a shot-putter, for it -teaches him to be quick and light on his feet—a most important feature -of the general preparation.</p> - -<p>In addition to these things he should, of course, constantly work at -putting the shot—in the gymnasium in winter, and on the field in the -open-weather months. Let me say right here to the beginner, always use a -16-lb. shot. Shun a 12-lb. shot as you would a shuttle-cock. If you feel -you are not strong enough to use the regulation weight, do not under any -consideration go into training for the event. Wait until you are strong -enough. There is plenty of time. The shot is an event that only strong -and well-developed young men should indulge in—and if you feel you are -not strong enough to handle sixteen pounds, you had better devote your -energies to some other branch of athletics. The man who works with a -12-lb. shot is like the boy who prepared for entering the cavalry by -riding assiduously on merry-go-rounds. In other words, practice with a -lighter weight is a waste of time; you will have to learn all over again -when you take up the regulation 16-lb. shot.</p> - -<p>The shot is put from a seven-foot circle, along four feet of the -circumference of which is placed a board four inches high. This is the -so-called front of the circle, and the put is measured from this board -to the nearest mark made in the ground by the shot. A fair put is one -that has been made without any part of the competitor's body having -touched in front of the circle or on the board before the measurement is -made. A put is counted a foul if the competitor steps over the front -half of the circle or on the board before the measurement of his put has -been made—and the foul counts as a trial. Therefore be sure to remain -in the circle until the field judge has measured and registered your -put.</p> - -<p>The careful athlete will always spare his right arm as much as he can. -For instance, when he picks up the shot he will hold it in his left -hand, and he will do the same while he steps into the circle and gets -his footing. After this has been secured he will roll the shot over into -his right palm—as shown in illustration No. 3 on the opposite page—and -then he is ready to start.</p> - -<p>Assuming as easy a position as possible, let the shot be well balanced -in the right hand. Do not grip it tightly. In starting off, as shown in -the fourth illustration, place the whole weight of the body upon the -right leg, holding your left arm forward as a balance. Then take a quick -hop with the right leg, all the time keeping the shot as near the -shoulder as possible. Upon alighting after the hop, touch your left foot -to the ground—and it ought to fall very close to the board rim. This is -the position shown in the sixth illustration. The seventh shows the next -movement, which is the transposition of the feet.</p> - -<p>The correct attitude for getting across the circle on this hop is -crouching. Then, as soon as your left foot touches ground, you bring it -swiftly backward, throwing the entire right side of the body forward; -and you turn half around, so that the right shoulder will be in the -exact direction in which the shot is to be put. After the impetus upward -has been given by the legs and body, shoot the arm outward with all the -force at your command, the motion being just such a one as you would -make with the clinched fist against the sparring-bag. This motion—the -change of feet, the lift, the turn, the thrust—is a very rapid one, but -the photographs illustrate it very well in the last two pictures of the -series. Furthermore, this movement must be perfectly uniform from -beginning to end, with no jerks and hitches; but it takes long practice -to acquire a perfect smoothness.</p> - -<p>The shot must be allowed to leave the hand easily, and the forward -effort of the put must be so regulated that the equilibrium of the -performer will be maintained. The perfect performer allows his body to -bend forward just to that point where, should he go half an inch -further, he would be forced to step out of the ring.</p> - -<p>The beginner should practise with the shot for a good period every-day. -He should work until he begins to feel tired, but after he has become -master of the event—say in a year or so—he need practise but two or -three times a week, and he will find that his form and powers are thus -best retained.</p> - -<p>In England the university athletes put the shot from a ten-foot square -instead of a seven-foot circle. This gives them a certain advantage over -American athletes, for they get a longer run, and thus more speed, and -hence a greater momentum at the end. Hickok can put the shot from two to -three feet farther from a ten-foot square than he can from a seven-foot -circle, and with practice he believes that he could do even better. If -an unlimited run, or series of hops, were allowed, the record for -putting the shot would certainly be much greater than it is at present; -but there is no doubt that the average form of athletes who take part in -this event would be very much lower than it is now with the present -scientific restrictions.</p> - -<p>The first important indoor games of the season were held on Saturday, -February 8th, in the Eighth Battalion Armory by the Barnard School. -There were ten events on the programme, all of which were open, and a -cup was offered to the visiting school winning the greatest number of -points. This trophy went to Berkeley, who took two<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_390" id="Page_390">[Pg 390]</a></span> firsts and one -second, and still, no doubt, retained something up her sleeve.</p> - -<p>The Barnard team captured six firsts and two seconds, and showed that -there is plenty of strong material in the school from which to develop a -promising team for out-door work in the spring. All the events were -interesting to watch, there being no handicaps, and the junior races -were especially good, being rather more "for blood," perhaps, than the -others, and being always a better field for surprises, as new material -of an unknown quantity is continually appearing there.</p> - -<p>Four records were broken, and the little fellows did most of the -figure-smashing. W. S. Hipple, who made such a good showing against -Kilpatrick last fall, defeated Irwin-Martin in the quarter-mile run, and -then lowered the half-mile in-door record, made by Martin two years ago, -from 2 m. 14-2/5 sec. to 2 m. 5 sec.! The time of the man who finished -second to Hipple was 2 m. 19-4/5 sec. Beldford lowered the record for -the mile. He took the lead from the start, but had a sharp tussle with -Manuel of Pingry's toward the end, beating him in by only a few yards in -4 m. 54-2/5 sec.</p> - -<p>Moore ran the first heat of the 60-yard dash in 7 seconds, and repeated -his performance when he won in the finals. He took another first in the -220, which was the only sprint run without heats. His time in this was -26-1/5 seconds, with Goetting of Brooklyn High second. The in-door -scholastic record for the Junior 60-yard dash was made by Moeller, -Columbia Grammar, in 1893, 7-2/5 seconds. At this Barnard meeting, -Wilson, Leech, Hewitt, Armstead, and Tebyrica each won his heat in 7-1/5 -seconds, but Armstead came home first in the finals in 7-2/5 seconds. -The record for the Junior 220-yard dash went down likewise. The old mark -was 28 seconds, made by Wilson last year. Wilson ran his first heat this -year in 27-2/5 seconds, Millard got the next in 27-3/5 seconds, and -Wilson took the final in 26-4/5 seconds.</p> - -<p>The high-jump mark only got up to 5 feet 6 inches, where Pell and Brown -tied. The hurdles looked like an easy thing for Beers, but in the final -heat he had a hot tussle with Herrick and Harris, winning on a close -margin. On account of a claimed foul the two latter had to race over -again, and Herrick won in 8-1/5 seconds. Beers had cleared the distance -in 8 seconds.</p> - -<p>The summary of points made follows:</p> - -<div class="center"> -<table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="0" summary=""> -<tr><td align="left">Name.</td><td align="right">Firsts.</td><td align="right">Seconds.</td><td align="right">Thirds.</td><td align="right">Total.</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left">Barnard</td><td align="right">6</td><td align="right">2</td><td align="right">..</td><td align="right">36</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left">Berkeley</td><td align="right">2</td><td align="right">1</td><td align="right">..</td><td align="right">13</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left">Brooklyn High</td><td align="right">..</td><td align="right">2</td><td align="right">1</td><td align="right">7</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left">Stevens Prep</td><td align="right">1</td><td align="right">..</td><td align="right">..</td><td align="right">5</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left">De La Salle</td><td align="right">1</td><td align="right">..</td><td align="right">..</td><td align="right">5</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left">Cutler</td><td align="right">..</td><td align="right">1</td><td align="right">1</td><td align="right">4</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left">Colombia Grammar</td><td align="right">..</td><td align="right">1</td><td align="right">1</td><td align="right">4</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left">Pingry</td><td align="right">..</td><td align="right">1</td><td align="right">1</td><td align="right">4</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left">Adelphi</td><td align="right">..</td><td align="right">1</td><td align="right">..</td><td align="right">3</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left">Trinity</td><td align="right">..</td><td align="right">1</td><td align="right">..</td><td align="right">3</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left">Oxford</td><td align="right">..</td><td align="right">..</td><td align="right">2</td><td align="right">2</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left">Alling's Art</td><td align="right">..</td><td align="right">..</td><td align="right">1</td><td align="right">1</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left">Drisler</td><td align="right">..</td><td align="right">..</td><td align="right">1</td><td align="right">1</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left">Dwight</td><td align="right">..</td><td align="right">..</td><td align="right">1</td><td align="right">1</td></tr> -</table></div> - -<p>At the meeting of the Long Island I.S.A.A. last week the protest entered -by Brooklyn High against Adelphi as a result of the League game of -handball, played between them the previous week, was decided. The -protest grew out of one of those inexplicable misunderstandings about -rules which seem to crop up every now and then in all kinds of sport. In -this case the High-school claimed the game on points, while Adelphi -wanted the game on actual wins, which were 5 out of 7, the points being -133 to 131 in favor of High-school. According to the Y.M.C.A. rules, -which were adopted by the League, Adelphi won; but both captains were -ignorant of the rules, and agreed on playing for points. Before the game -was well advanced Captain Forney of Adelphi found out his mistake, and -declared he was playing for games won.</p> - -<p>The decision reached was the most natural and logical one. It was found -that both teams had violated the rules equally by agreeing to play for -points, and the game was awarded to Adelphi, because that team had won -in accordance with the Y.M.C.A., and consequently the L.I.I.S.A.A., -rules. This case is somewhat similar to the one which cropped up on the -football field last fall in this same Brooklyn League. It looks as -though the captains did not keep very well posted on the rules. And yet -one of the first things a captain should do is to know these by heart. -Talk with the captain of a Yale or a Harvard university team, and there -is not a question of the most intricate nature covered by the rules of -his game that you can corner him on. It ought to be the same way with -school captains. Slipshod knowledge is worth nothing; absolute -familiarity with the law is vital.</p> - -<p>The Long Island League has decided to hold annual in-door games -henceforth, and the first ones will be given in the new Fourteenth -Regiment Armory, Brooklyn, on Saturday, the 29th. The following events -will be open to members from any school that is a member of the National -Interscholastic Association: 75-yard dash, 75-yard dash (boys under -sixteen), 220-yard dash, 440-yard dash, 880-yard dash, 1-mile run, -putting 12-pound shot, running high jump, pole vault, and 75-yard -hurdle. The rules governing entries and competition will be those of the -Long Island Association and of the A.A.A. Entries close February 22d -with H. O. Pratt, 232 Clinton Avenue, Brooklyn.</p> - -<p>The convention of New Jersey schools, held in Plainfield last week, -resulted in the formation of a New Jersey Interscholastic A. A. Its -members are Plainfield High-school; Newark Academy; Pingry's School, of -Elizabeth; Stevens Preparatory School, of Hoboken: Rutgers Preparatory -School, of New Brunswick; and the Montclair High-school. It was decided -that each school shall hold an athletic meeting every year. The State -athletic meet will be held on the first Saturday in June, and the annual -meeting of the association will take place on the same day. The -association will control track athletics, baseball, football, and -cricket.</p> - -<p>It is encouraging to see so many associations starting up in various -parts of the country, and I cannot but feel that the formation of the -National Association has had much to do with it. The schools have -realized what a great advantage it will be to have an established and -recognized standard, and a central and controlling body; and knowing -that the only way for them to become members of such a central or parent -body is to first form an association, the result has been the -organization of interscholastic leagues in many sections where hitherto -there had been only a desultory sort of interest and activity in track -athletics.</p> - -<p>Another new association recently established is the Hudson River -Interscholastic League. It is composed of the Mohegan Lake School, of -Peekskill; Riverview Academy, of Poughkeepsie; and Holbrook's, of Sing -Sing. Doubtless before long the many other institutions in the towns -along the Hudson will see the advantage of belonging to an association, -and will apply for admission. It looks now as if by the time the -officers of the National Association get ready to make their -announcement of the spring games there will be more than double the -number of associations to answer the call than there was a year ago at -this same period.</p> - -<p>The ice-polo season has been a most successful one in Boston this year, -and many of the games have proved exciting and close. Lack of space has -prevented our giving any detailed account of the matches in this -Department, but I hope to be able to publish the result of the winter's -work and the scores of the League games, for the sake of the record, as -soon as the finals have been settled.</p> - -<p>The suggestion made by Professor Atewell, of the Columbia Grammar -School, to hold an interscholastic gymnasium contest is an excellent -one, and one that this Department<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_391" id="Page_391">[Pg 391]</a></span> heartily endorses. Such a contest has -many advantages over an in-door track-athletic meeting, and now that -most of the schools in the city are provided with gymnasiums, it would -seem an easy matter to arrange one. Trinity School, at present, seems to -take the greatest interest in gymnasium work of any school in the city. -By gymnasium work I do not mean exercise in the gymnasium preparatory -for track athletics. I mean work on the rings, bars, etc., and -calisthenics.</p> - -<p> -<span style="margin-left: 23em;"><span class="smcap">The Graduate</span>.</span><br /> -</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;"><a name="THE_CAMERA_CLUB" id="THE_CAMERA_CLUB"></a> -<img src="images/ill_026.jpg" width="450" height="150" alt="THE CAMERA CLUB" /> -</div> - -<blockquote> - -<p>Any questions in regard to photograph matters will be willingly -answered by the Editor of this column, and we should be glad to -hear from any of our club who can make helpful suggestions.</p></blockquote> - -<h3>PREPARATION OF TINTED SENSITIVE PAPERS.</h3> - -<h3>NO. 2.—HOW TO MAKE VIOLET TONES.</h3> - -<p>To make violet tones the paper is first sensitized in the same way -described for making red prints. Make a solution of 96 grs. of nitrate -of uranium and 4 oz. of water. Put this solution in a shallow tray, such -as is used for toning, and float the prepared photographic paper on this -for twenty seconds; drain carefully, and pin up to dry in a dark room. -If dried by artificial heat the paper is made more sensitive and prints -more quickly.</p> - -<p>As soon as the paper is dry wrap it in post-office paper, and then in -black needle-paper—such as sensitive papers are wrapped in—and lay it -away in a drawer or covered box till wanted. This paper may be prepared -several days before using, but should not be kept too long.</p> - -<p>To print, place in the printing-frame and expose to light. If the -negative is thin, three minutes in bright sunlight or one hour in the -shade or a very dull day will be necessary for printing, and if a strong -negative, ten minutes in bright sunlight or two hours in the shade will -be necessary.</p> - -<p>Have ready prepared a solution of 8 grs. of chloride of gold and 4 oz. -of water. As soon as the print is taken from the frame wash it for -twenty-five or thirty seconds in hot water (120° Fahr.), and place face -up in a toning-tray, and flood the print with the chloride-of-gold -solution. The print does not show when it is taken from the frame, but -is developed with the chloride-of-gold solution. When the detail is well -out, and the color a rich violet, take from the tray and wash in running -water or in several changes of water, till none of the coloring matter -shows in the water. Pin by the corners on a flat board, and set the -board in an upright position till the prints are dry.</p> - -<p>These violet prints are very attractive for certain kinds of work. -Flower studies, especially those of single flowers, make novel prints. A -set of four different colored prints might be made and used as -decorations for a calendar. Mount the prints on square sheets of heavy -drawing or Bristol board, and on each sheet place a three months' -calendar. These calendars may be obtained at any stationery-store. The -cards may be further decorated by tracing fine gilt lines round the -picture and calendar leaves. An appropriate motto may also be added to -each sheet.</p> - -<p>Of course the first of the year has already passed, and it may seem out -of season for suggestions as to making calendars, but one of the -prettiest birthday gifts to a friend is a calendar beginning with the -day of the month which marks his or her birthday. Such a calendar is -very convenient, for it laps over into the coming year, which is -sometimes a great advantage. Instead of mounting the prints directly on -the card, an opening may be cut in the card and the picture placed -behind it, as described in "Tinted Papers," No. 1. If this is done, a -thinner piece of card-board should be pasted on the back, not only as a -finish, but as a protection to the picture.</p> - -<p>Blue prints may be toned to a dark violet by first printing, washing -them in clear water, and then flowing them with a solution of 1 part -potassium hydrate in 300 parts of water, and again with a solution of -4½ oz. of alcohol (90 per cent.), 7½ oz. distilled water, 1 oz. -gallic acid. This gives the prints a dark purple or violet color, not so -pleasing as that made by the process just given, but, if not printed a -too deep blue in the first place, look very well.</p> - -<p>Tinted papers—with the exception of carbon papers and blue prints—are -not found in the market, but must be prepared by the amateur.</p> - -<blockquote> - -<p><span class="smcap">Mr. Emil Dæche</span>, Patron, of Jersey City, New Jersey, gives the -formula which he uses for toning aristo paper whereby he obtains -fine chocolate tones, and asks if prints made by this process will -be permanent. The prints, if well washed, ought to be permanent, -and not turn yellow. The reason why prints turn yellow after having -been made some time is not so much the toning process as the fault -of the paper. Aristo prints are not as permanent as albumen, -bromide, or platinotype prints, or even those made on plain salted -paper. Improvements are being made in aristo papers, and they are -now of much better keeping quality than those first put on the -market. If Mr. Dæche will kindly send a more detailed account of -the process which he uses, we should be glad to publish it for the -benefit of the members of the Camera Club.</p></blockquote> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<h2>ADVERTISEMENTS.</h2> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;"> -<img src="images/ill_027.jpg" width="600" height="208" alt="" /> -</div> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<h2>Arnold</h2> - -<h2>Constable & Co</h2> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<h3>Cotton Dress</h3> - -<h3>Fabrics.</h3> - -<p class="center"><i>D. & J. Anderson's Zephyrs,</i></p> - -<p class="center"><i>Chene and Persian Effects,</i></p> - -<p class="center"><i>Silk Mixtures,</i></p> - -<p class="center"><i>Stripes, Checks, and Plaids.</i></p> - -<h3>Wash Fabrics.</h3> - -<p class="center"><i>French Piqué,</i></p> - -<p class="center"><i>Printed Dimity,</i></p> - -<p class="center"><i>White Emb'd Nainsook.</i></p> - -<h3>Printed Linen Lawns.</h3> - -<p class="center"><i>Frères Koechlin's Organdies.</i></p> - -<h4>NOVELTIES.</h4> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<h4>Broadway & 19th st.</h4> - -<h4>NEW YORK.</h4> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 62px;"> -<img src="images/ill_028.jpg" width="62" height="300" alt="" /> -</div> - -<h3>No</h3> - -<p class="center">you haven't seen it if you say it's like any other.</p> - -<p class="center">The CUPID Hair Pin never slips out.</p> - -<p class="center">It's in the TWIST.</p> - -<h4>Richardson & De Long Bros., makers of the famous DeLong Hook and Eye.</h4> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<p class="center">HARPER'S CATALOGUE thoroughly revised, classified, and indexed, will be -sent by mail to any address on receipt of ten cents.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> -<img src="images/ill_029.jpg" width="400" height="59" alt="Thompson's Eye Water" /> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_392" id="Page_392">[Pg 392]</a></span></p> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;"><a name="BICYCLING" id="BICYCLING"></a> -<img src="images/ill_030.jpg" width="450" height="106" alt="BICYCLING" /> -</div> - -<blockquote> - -<p>This Department is conducted in the interest of Bicyclers, and the -Editor will be pleased to answer any question on the subject. Our -maps and tours contain much valuable data kindly supplied from the -official maps and road-books of the League of American Wheelmen. -Recognizing the value of the work being done by the L. A. W., the -Editor will be pleased to furnish subscribers with membership -blanks and information so far as possible.</p></blockquote> - -<p>It is practically impossible in this Department to give satisfactory -answers to inquiries in bicycle matters. The questions are in many cases -so similar, and yet just different enough to require separate answers, -that it would require a good portion of this periodical to answer them. -For example, many inquiries are received as to the best route from some -town or city in one State to another town or city in an adjoining State. -Of course these letters require separate answers in each case, which -would be impossible. It is, however, quite possible to give here some -general information as to the best methods of finding out such answers, -each man for himself. In the first place, it is wiser in the end to join -the L. A. W. You pay $2 per year for membership, which brings you free -the road-book of your State, if there is one, and the <i>L. A. W. Bulletin -and Good Roads</i>—a periodical that, among other things of value, gives -you all the addresses, up to date, of consuls, chief consuls, and other -State and central officers of the League. From these men all such -information can be obtained. If you do not belong to the L. A. W., you -have to pay $1.50 for the road-book and $2 for the <i>Bulletin</i>, which is -the only paper in which you can find all the officers and consuls of the -United States. The question then presenting itself to you, How can I -ride best from A in Pennsylvania to B in Ohio? your course in seeking -information is clear. Write to the chief consul of Pennsylvania and the -chief consul of Ohio—whose addresses are in the <i>Bulletin</i>—and ask -each to send you the road-book of his State. You will receive the -Pennsylvania book free if you live in Pennsylvania yourself, but you -must, of course, pay for the Ohio book. Having obtained these -road-books, or book of maps, or tour-books (for each State has a -different plan in getting up its books), pick out A, Pennsylvania, and -B, Ohio, on the maps of each book, and then follow the routes on the -maps which lead to some common point on the border. Here, then, is your -trip marked out carefully, well described, and in a form that you can -carry with you—and all at a cost of $3.50. If either State happens to -have no road-book of any kind, write to the chief consul, tell him your -proposed plan, and he will be glad to answer your questions to the best -of his ability. If there is no chief consul, then that State is indeed -benighted and behind the times—at least from a wheelman's point of -view.</p> - -<p>Another general set of questions which can be classified in an -indefinite sort of way is the set which refers to training for long -distances or short distances either for racing or for pleasure trips. -General rules here can be laid down for training. In fact, the -Interscholastic Sport Department is constantly giving suggestions in -training for one particular event or another. Bicycle-training is -practically the same as the preparation gone through by a man who is to -run in the longer distances. Of course the principal part of the work is -wheeling constantly day after day for certain distances, depending on -the event for which we are training, gradually increasing speed or -distance as the event is a short distance or a long tour. Muscular -development and lung-power are required, and these must be practised by -constant gymnasium work. Running slowly on the toes, rising and falling -on one leg and then on the other many times, rising on the toes and -falling back slowly on the heels two or three or four hundred times in -succession without bending the knees—these exercise the proper leg -muscles. But when the lungs and heart come into the question more care -should be taken. Many strong men find that while their lungs and heart -are vigorous for ordinary games, bicycling puts too great a strain on -both, especially the latter. For instance, after riding steadily up hill -and down hill for twenty miles at fifteen miles an hour, you begin to -feel a stricture across the chest, you have that peculiar sensation as -if you were tasting blood, and it is impossible to take a long -satisfying breath which seems to "go" beyond a certain point down into -your lungs. When these facts become noticeable, especially if you are -not in the best of training, it is well to dismount and walk a little by -your wheel, until you can mount again and ride with the mouth closed and -the air entering your lungs through the nostrils. In fact, all riding -should stop when the wheelman cannot breathe most of the time through -his nose; otherwise the lungs are overtaxed, which may do no harm in -occasional instances, but will in the end, if kept up, be injurious.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<h2><a name="A_WONDERFUL_VIOLIN" id="A_WONDERFUL_VIOLIN">A WONDERFUL VIOLIN.</a></h2> - -<p>Wandering through the Italian quarter of New York lately, I came across -a copy of Dante's <i>Inferno</i>. It was bound in very thick covers, and in -looking it over a few days ago, I was much surprised to find a sort of -pocket, partially disguised, in the under cover. It contained some -sheets of manuscript written in a fine Italian hand. I had the -manuscript translated, and found that it was a sort of diary of a young -lad whose whole life must have been wrapped up in violins, for the -records of his day-book are liberally interspersed with memorandums on -that instrument. After reading the pages through, I found a little story -among them, and for its curious interest, I give it herewith.</p> - -<p>It seems the boy's family was of noble origin, and had grand designs for -the future of their son, whose name was Paolo. Paolo, however, was -averse to their ideas, as his only desire was violins, either to make -them or play them, and ofttimes, in defiance of his father's orders, he -would steal into a distant part of the house, and indulge in his love of -playing. This had happened so frequently, and Paolo was fast growing to -be a manly fellow, that his father rebuked him very strongly one day. He -touched the sensitive chords of the musician's soul too much, and Paolo -responded with hot words that led to his father's banishing him forever -from the house.</p> - -<p>Paolo went forth with his valuable violin, his one friend, as he -thought, and passed on from town to town, city to city, playing for his -living. He changed his name, and as time went by, his father, who sat -brooding in sadness over his hasty action, never recognized in the name -of a new brilliant maestro his banished son. A violin hung in front of -his chair in the large hall, and he was accustomed to sitting there -before it and dreaming of Paolo. One day, as the light of the afternoon -was fast waning, he sat with eyes wandering over the instrument. -Suddenly, almost like fairy music, the low sweet melody of a favorite -piece of Paolo's came from the violin. He started back, fearing that he -was mad; but no, the music was certainly coming from the violin. What -could it mean? He seized it, and the moment he did so the music stopped. -He dropped down in his chair again, and waited. Softly the strains came -from the strings, and with a cry of grief the father called aloud for -his son, only to hear a voice, and, turning, he found Paolo standing -before him with outstretched arms. They were reconciled at last.</p> - -<p>Paolo accounted for the wonderful music by leading his father to the -other end of the hall and pointing to a small alcove behind a pillar, -explained that everything spoken or played in that spot would cast the -sound directly over to where the violin hung, and that as a boy he had -discovered the wonderful echo, and experimented with it more than once. -He had driven the nail in the wall years ago, and when he entered the -hall upon his return, and saw his father sitting there before the -violin, he resolved to try his love by use of that boyish experiment.</p> - -<p>It would be hard to credit this story, were it not for the fact that -such an echo is one of the show-cards of the guides in the Capitol at -Washington, and several others are more or less famous through the -world.</p> - -<p> -<span style="margin-left: 23em;"><span class="smcap">Hubert Earl</span>.</span><br /> -</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_393" id="Page_393">[Pg 393]</a></span></p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;"><a name="THE_PUDDING_STICK" id="THE_PUDDING_STICK"></a> -<img src="images/ill_031.jpg" width="450" height="126" alt="THE PUDDING STICK" /> -</div> - -<blockquote> - -<p>This Department is conducted in the interest of Girls and Young -Women, and the Editor will be pleased to answer any question on the -subject so far as possible. Correspondents should address Editor.</p></blockquote> - -<p>I have been putting in order my top drawer. Do you keep yours in perfect -order, girls? I have the greatest respect for you if you do. Mine gives -me more trouble than I can begin to tell you about. However, if you -could peep into it this morning you would admire it as much as I do, -what with the boxes all closed, and the gloves smoothed out and laid -lengthwise, and the handkerchiefs in small white piles, and the veils -folded, and everything else spick and span, and beautiful to see! It -will stay so, too—at least I hope it will—for at least a fortnight, -that wonderful upper bureau drawer into which so many things go, and out -of which so many things come. I'm afraid, though, that one of these days -when I'm hurrying to catch a train, or somebody is waiting to speak to -me, I'll dive down among the laces and boxes and gloves and cards and -handkerchiefs, upsetting this and overturning that, and woe is me! the -top drawer will be in a whirl of confusion once more. When I was a -little girl I shared a drawer with my sister, who had a great deal of -system and a natural talent for arrangement and compactness which I did -not have, and therefore had to cultivate. We divided our territories by -a pasteboard fence, and on her side there were always beauty and peace -and harmony; a place for everything, and everything in its place. But I -would rather not tell you very much about my side. I used to have -clearing-up days then, and I have them still.</p> - -<p>Now don't imagine for a moment that I began this talk just to let you -know that I often have to fight against an inclination to be a little -bit disorderly in my arrangement of my various things. I had something -else in view. We are many-sided beings, you and I, and our top drawers -are not the only parts of our belongings which are now and then the -better for being gone over and straightened out and set right. Think -about it, girls. Can you not, looking back across the last month, or the -last week, or even over this very last hour, see that in something you -did or said or thought you were mistaken, you were not quite unselfish, -or you had not the fair point of view? Aren't you often sorry, after a -hasty word, that you had not waited before you spoke? And, again, are -there not times when you did not speak out bravely and strongly in -defence of an absent friend? Clearing-up seasons are good for the soul, -and one's mind and heart are the better for the taking one's top drawer -in hand—one's top drawer where she does not keep ribbons and roses and -belts and buckles only, but fancies and resolves and notions and -dispositions and prejudices.</p> - -<p>Speaking of clearings up, there are moods when we are frank and open -with ourselves, and when we confess that we are not so sweet and amiable -as we might be. Perhaps we are not so just as we might be. What fusses -and frictions are caused by the sort of temper in the top drawer that -explodes like a fire-cracker the instant a match of irritation comes -within touching distance! What a disagreeable thing a certain sort of -smile is, the hateful smile that comes out of the top drawer where -vanity and jealousy lurk! When we are about it, we might as well, in our -clearing up, burn and get rid of the bad tempers, the crossness, and the -suspiciousness which help to make us and others wretched. To be happy -ourselves and to make others happy should be our constant aim and -effort. Above everything else, do not let us be contrary, like little -Miss Mary in Mother Goose. Many people are so, and they make others very -unhappy.</p> - -<p>There is one little corner of the top drawer which is more important -than any other. It ought to be labelled "Conscience." Here we should be -careful that we never leave a single thing in confusion. Where we are in -doubt whether an action is right or wrong we <i>must</i> settle it by the -light of conscience, and our decision will be influenced by our general -habits of thinking and doing, and by our every-day habit of asking our -Heavenly Father's guidance for each hour of life.</p> - -<blockquote> - -<p><span class="smcap">Muriel</span>.—Your letter interested me very much, and I will soon -devote one of these talks to the subject you speak of so sensibly.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Anne T</span>.—Why worry about your height? It is beautiful to be tall, -if you carry yourself gracefully, head up, shoulders back, as a -tall girl ought.</p> - -<p><span class="smcap">Louise S. M</span>.—If you are tired of story-books, try biography. Have -you read Miss Edgeworth's life, or that of Miss Alcott? Or take up -a course of English history.</p></blockquote> - -<div class="figright" style="width: 450px;"> -<img src="images/ill_032.jpg" width="450" height="117" alt="Signature" /> -</div> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<h4>STARVED TO DEATH</h4> - -<p>in midst of plenty. Unfortunate, yet we hear of it. The Gail Borden -Eagle Brand Condensed Milk is undoubtedly the safest and best infant -food. <i>Infant Health</i> is a valuable pamphlet for mothers. Send your -address to N. Y. Condensed Milk Co., N. Y.—[<i>Adv.</i>]</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<h2>ADVERTISEMENTS.</h2> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 350px;"> -<img src="images/ill_033.jpg" width="350" height="69" alt="" /> -</div> - -<p> -<span style="margin-left: 16em;">There are monarchs, there are monarchs,</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 17em;">Men of every clime and hue,</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 16em;">From the Czar of all the Russias</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 17em;">To the Prince of Timbuctoo.</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 16em;">Monarchs good and monarchs famous,</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 17em;">Monarchs short and monarchs tall;</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 16em;">But the best is our Monarch—</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 17em;">It's the Monarch of them all.</span><br /> -</p> - -<h2>Monarch</h2> - -<h4>King of Bicycles—A Marvel of</h4> - -<h4>Strength, Speed and Reliability.</h4> - -<p>4 models. $80 and $100, fully guaranteed. For children and adults who -want an lower price wheel the Defiance is made in 8 models, $40 to $75.</p> - -<p class="center">Send for Monarch book.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 200px;"> -<img src="images/ill_034.jpg" width="200" height="197" alt="" /> -</div> - -<h3>MONARCH CYCLE</h3> - -<h3>MFG. CO.,</h3> - -<h4>Lake, Halsted and Fulton Sts., CHICAGO.</h4> - -<h4>83 Reade Street, New York.</h4> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<h2>WALTER BAKER & CO., <span class="smcap">limited</span>.</h2> - -<p class="center">Established Dorchester, Mass., 1780.</p> - -<h2>Breakfast Cocoa</h2> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 349px;"> -<img src="images/ill_035.jpg" width="349" height="400" alt="" /> -</div> - -<p class="center">Always ask for Walter Baker & Co.'s</p> - -<h2>Breakfast Cocoa</h2> - -<p class="center">Made at</p> - -<h3>DORCHESTER, MASS.</h3> - -<p class="center">It bears their Trade Mark</p> - -<p class="center">"La Belle Chocolatiere" on every can.</p> - -<h3>Beware of Imitations.</h3> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<h2>Postage Stamps, &c.</h2> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<h2>FREE!</h2> - -<p>Send 10c. to pay the postage, and I will send you a 225-page catalogue -with illustrations of every stamp, FREE. 100 varieties foreign stamps, -5c.; 200 varieties foreign stamps, 25c.; 12 varieties Japan, Spain, and -Portugal, 2c.; 400 varieties foreign stamps, $1.25; 500 varieties, -$1.75; 750 varieties, $4.50; 1000 varieties, $6.50. Approval sheets for -good references.</p> - -<h4>RICHARD R. BROWN, KEYPORT, N. J.</h4> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 88px;"> -<img src="images/ill_036.jpg" width="88" height="100" alt="" /> -</div> - -<h3>STAMPS!</h3> - -<p><b>800</b> fine mixed Victoria, Cape of G. H., India, Japan, etc. with fine -Stamp Album, only <b>10c.</b> New 80-p. Price-list <b>free</b>. <i>Agents wanted</i> at <b>50%</b> -commission. STANDARD STAMP CO., 4 Nicholson Place, St. Louis, Mo. Old U. S. -and Confederate Stamps bought.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<h2>$117.50 WORTH OF STAMPS FREE</h2> - -<p>to agents selling stamps from my 50% approval sheets. Send at once for -circular and price-list giving full information.</p> - -<h4>C. W. Grevning, Morristown, N. J.</h4> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 99px;"> -<img src="images/ill_037.jpg" width="99" height="77" alt="" /> -</div> - -<p>100 all dif. Venezuela, Bolivia, etc., only 10c.; 200 all dif. Hayti, -Hawaii, etc., only 50c. Ag'ts w't'd at 50% com. List FREE!</p> - -<h4>C. A. Stegman, 5941 Cote Brilliante Ave., St. Louis, Mo</h4> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<h2>FOREIGN STAMPS ON APPROVAL</h2> - -<p class="center">Agents wanted at 50% com. Lists free.</p> - -<h4>CHAS. B. RAUB, New London, Conn.</h4> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<h2>500</h2> - -<p class="center">Mixed Australian, etc., 10c.; <b>105 varieties</b>, and nice album, 10c.; 15 -unused, 10c.; 10 Africa, 10c.; 15 Asia, 10c.</p> - -<h4>F. P. Vincent, Chatham, N.Y.</h4> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<h2>125</h2> - -<p>dif. Gold Coast, Costa Rica, etc., 25c.; 40 U. S., 25c. Liberal com. to -agents. Large bargain list free. <span class="smcap">F. W. Miller</span>, 904 Olive St., St. Louis, -Mo.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<h2>Stamps!</h2> - -<p class="center">25 var. free to all sending good ref. for my fine app'l sheets at 50% -commission.</p> - -<h4>CHAS. DREW, 25 West 104th St., New York.</h4> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<p class="center">BOOKS OF STAMPS at 33-1/3% com. References required. <b>Model Stamp Co.</b>, W. -Superior, Wis.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<p class="center">FINE PACKETS in large variety. Stamps at 50% com. Col's bought. -Northwestern Stamp Co., Freeport, Ill.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<p class="center">STAMPS! 100 all dif. Barbados, etc. Only 10c. Ag'ts w't'd at 50% com. -List free. L. DOVER & CO., 1469 Hodiamont, St. Louis, Mo.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<p class="center">333 African, U. S., and Foreign Stamps. One Dime. Address J. Handford, -55 N. 6th St. Paterson, N.J.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<h2>HARPER'S CATALOGUE</h2> - -<p class="center">thoroughly revised, classified, and indexed, will be sent by mail to any -address on receipt of ten cents.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> -<img src="images/ill_038.jpg" width="400" height="59" alt="Thompson's Eye Water" /> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_394" id="Page_394">[Pg 394]</a></span></p> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<h2><a name="A_PRIZE_MUSIC_COMPOSITION" id="A_PRIZE_MUSIC_COMPOSITION">A PRIZE MUSIC COMPOSITION.</a></h2> - -<p>The ability to compose music is not as common as that to solve puzzles, -and so the Table in its Music Contests this year opened competition to -amateurs without regard to age. For variety, a song and a hymn setting -were asked for, $5 being offered for the best in each class, and -packages of visiting-cards, with copper plates, for the second best. -First verses of two poems were given. Both were by Mrs. Margaret E. -Sangster, in her book <i>Little Knights and Ladies</i>.</p> - -<p>We publish this week the song setting which won the first prize, and the -whole poem, in order that you may have a complete song. The composition -is by Miss Mary E. Bigelow, of Berea, O., who is a Round Table Patron. -The second prize is awarded to Harry R. Patty, of Los Angeles, Cal., -Knight. Others whose compositions are deserving of high praise, -mentioned with honor, are: Helen H. Sohst, Alice C. Banning, Penry -Jones, Frank Balentine, Minnie Brendel (Weimar, Germany), and E. S. -Hosmer. The additional verses of "Our Little Echo" are:</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 937px;"> -<img src="images/ill_039.jpg" width="937" height="964" alt="" /> -<span class="caption">OUR LITTLE ECHO.</span> -</div> - -<p> -<span style="margin-left: 19em;">This little echo, soft and sweet,</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 20em;">Repeats what others say,</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 19em;">And trots about on tireless feet,</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 20em;">Up stairs and down, all day.</span><br /> -<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 19em;">It makes us very careful not</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 20em;">To use a naughty word,</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 19em;">Lest in the echo's lisping tones</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 20em;">It should again be heard.</span><br /> -<br /> -<span style="margin-left: 19em;">Which would be such a dreadful thing,</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 20em;">As any one may see,</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 19em;">Who has an echo in <i>his</i> house</span><br /> -<span style="margin-left: 20em;">A little over three.</span><br /> -</p> - -<p>The first-prize hymn, with awards, will be published soon—probably next -week.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<h4>A Leech Barometer.</h4> - -<blockquote> - -<p>Very few books of pastimes are lacking in elaborate descriptions -for making so-called "infallible" barometers. Now here is a -barometer, not absolutely infallible, however, of an exceedingly -simple kind, though, like the aforementioned, you may purchase your -outfit entire at the apothecary's—unless, luckily, you are a rural -member. Here are the directions:</p> - -<p>Buy or catch a leech. Confine it in a jar three-quarters full of -rain-water, which must be changed regularly twice a week. Place the -jar on a window-frame, facing the north.</p> - -<p>Weather indications. <i>Fair and Frosty.</i>—The leech lies motionless, -rolled up in a spiral form, at the bottom of the glass. <i>Rain or -Snow.</i>—The leech creeps up to the top of the glass. If the rain -will be heavy and of long duration, it remains a considerable time. -If trifling, it quickly descends. If the rain or snow is -accompanied by wind, it darts about quickly, and does not cease -until there is a hard blow. <i>Storm of Thunder or Lightning.</i>—The -leech is exceedingly agitated, and expresses its feelings in -violent, convulsive starts.</p></blockquote> - -<p> -<span style="margin-left: 23em;"><span class="smcap">Vincent V. M. Beede</span>.</span><br /> -</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<h4>About Some Chapters.</h4> - -<p>The Table has a flourishing Chapter in Santiago College, Agustinas 150, -Santiago, Chile. Its president is Blanca Oliveira, aged fourteen, and -she wishes to correspond with American Ladies of her own age. Writing -under date of November 25th, the president tells of an entertainment -given by the Wide Awake Chapter in the college gymnasium, in which -songs, dialogues, recitations, and the like were the attractions. The -invitation cards are very neat. The Chapter has forty-one members, who -have corresponded with many readers of the Table in this country and -Europe, some doing so in French and Spanish as well as in English.</p> - -<p>Washington Chapter, of Racine, Wis., was organized on February 22, 1894, -and is prospering. It holds semi-monthly meetings, and the dues are five -cents per month. Officers are elected every four months. The present -officers are: President, Hira E. Tyrrell; Vice-President, Russell Lewis; -Secretary, Frank H. Marlott; Treasurer, Arthur Murray. "We think it -would be nice to know what some of the many other Chapters are doing," -writes Secretary Frank H. Marlott, 1511 Wisconsin Street. "I am sure we -are not the only ones who should like to have some suggestions from -successful Chapters regarding programmes," etc.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<h4>Information Wanted.</h4> - -<p>Name and address of story "All at Sea," sent in competition for a prize, -that manuscript may be returned, and address of Rudolph Raphael, "Tea -Picker of Chang Choy," for same purpose.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<h4>The Good Will School Fund.</h4> - -<p>This Fund has grown since last report as follows:</p> - -<div class="center"> -<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> -<tr><td align="left">Amount previously acknowledged</td><td align="right">$1579.16</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left">Little Women Chapter, of New York, $6; Barbara Arbogust, 25 cents; Frank Alfred Stetson, 50 cents; Paul C. Conn, 10 cents; Fred W. and George M. Beal, 50 cents; Walter Goff, 50 cents; The Kirk Munroe Talk at St. Agnes Hall, New York, $10.08; "Euclid Place," $1.30; Sunday-school Class, Stillwater, Minn., 50 cents; Francis S. Winston, $1; Louis O. Brosie, from contributions to his amateur paper, $2; Margaret C. Walter, $1; Carrie M. Walton, 10 cents; John Burroughs Chapter, Winsted, Conn., $15.84; Sophie R. St. Clair, 50 cents; Fred W. Christensen, 10 cents; Bessie Cauffman, $3.50; Franklin Pendleton, 25 cents; Paul A Sensheimer, $1; "Sancho Panza," 25 cents; Mrs. H. E. Banning, 50 cents; Alice May Douglas Chapter, Bath, Me., $3; "Midget," 10 cents; John H. Campbell, Jun., 5 cents; "Bruno Morgan," 50 cents; Laura Gooding, $1; "Antonio," 20 cents; Evarts A. Graham, 30 cents; Dick, Polly, Tom, Harry, etc., $1; George Taylor, 20 cents; Katherine W. Butler, 10 cents; Alice V. B. Foos, $1; Sidney Davis, and each of the following-named, 10 cents: Edward O. Tatnall, Mary Fithian, Adela Harper, Randolph Wilson, Walter P. Hall, Edith and Amy Shattuck, Ethel Van Rennselaer, George H. Hogeman, W. W. Harvey, Edith Moore, and Richard Corcoran; Lindsey D. Holmes, and each of the following-named, 50 cents: Mrs. D. L. Miller, Mary A. Lippincott, S. J. Peters, Lulu Wangelin, L. I. and E. Brown, James F. Rodgers, Grace M. Fay, Grace E. Hall, Stella L. Tutewiler, L. S. Whittaker, Pauline L. Stockton, J. A. Beach, Ethel R. Betts, B. W. Gale, Frankie L. Potts, and W. Stowell Wooster; Ellen B. Laight, $1; John Nixon Brooks, $1; "Santa Claus," 5 cents; J. Howard Beckley, 15 cents; J. F. Hammond and Sophie V. Gray, each 5 cents; Daisy Noyes and Ralph Page, each 25 cents; G. W. Hinckley, $1; Albert Gregory, 16 cents; Whitman Dart, 15 cents; K. K. Forsythe, 25 cents; Eleanor Davis, $1; Harry G. Sprowl, 5 cents; "Hecla," N. Y., $1; Eileen and Robert Weldon, 19 cents; and Robert W. Stockbridge, 16 cents.</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left">Total</td><td align="right">69.75</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left">In the formal acknowledgment of a contribution from the Admiral Benham Chapter the sum was given, by mistake, $8.95. It should have been $18.95. Hence we add</td><td align="right">10.00</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left"></td><td align="right">—————-</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left">Total of Fund</td><td align="right">$1658.91</td></tr> -</table></div> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_395" id="Page_395">[Pg 395]</a></span></p> - -<h2><a name="STAMPS" id="STAMPS">STAMPS.</a></h2> - -<blockquote> - -<p>This Department is conducted in the interest of stamp and coin -collectors, and the Editor will be pleased to answer any question -on these subjects so far as possible. Correspondent should address -Editor Stamp Department.</p></blockquote> - -<p>In the <span class="smcap">Round Table</span> for January 26, 1896, I illustrated twelve of the -rare Confederate locals. I complete the list (with a few exceptions) in -this number.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> -<img src="images/ill_040.jpg" width="400" height="143" alt="" /> -</div> - -<p>Livingston, Kingston, Greenville, Madison, Ringgold, and Victoria are -all great rarities. The stamps are worth from $250 to $750 if on -envelope and in good condition.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> -<img src="images/ill_041.jpg" width="400" height="128" alt="" /> -</div> - -<p>Goliad (several varieties) are worth from $100 to $500 each. Rheatown -and Tellico Plains (same type) are worth over $100 each.</p> - -<p>Danville (W. D. Coleman, P.M.) and Pittsylvania (same type) worth $250 -each.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> -<img src="images/ill_042.jpg" width="400" height="145" alt="" /> -</div> - -<p>Petersburg is worth $15; Pleasant Shade (same type) is worth $150. -Lynchburg, worth $25 to $30; Lenoir, from $50 to $75.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> -<img src="images/ill_043.jpg" width="400" height="174" alt="" /> -</div> - -<p>Marion (six varieties) is a very rare stamp, but the original plate from -which the stamps were printed is in the possession of a New York -stamp-dealer. (Not illustrated.)</p> - -<p>There are several others not illustrated, such as Spartansburg, Salem, -etc., which resemble the ordinary postmark, and several others which are -not yet fully accepted as genuine.</p> - -<p>Representative Pugh, of Kentucky, has introduced a bill in Congress -permitting all cities of 100,000 or more inhabitants to issue stamps of -special designs for local use, the designs on such stamps to commemorate -the history of the city or the memory of its prominent deceased -citizens; but no such stamps shall be made to advertise the business of -any individual, firm, corporation, or society. The cost of engraving and -printing will be paid by the city issuing the stamps, not by the general -government.</p> - -<p> -<span style="margin-left: 23em;"><span class="smcap">Philatus</span>.</span><br /> -</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;"> -<img src="images/ill_044.jpg" width="600" height="309" alt="IVORY SOAP" /> -</div> - -<p>A well enforced rule of order and Ivory Soap will make the kitchen an -attractive and appetizing spot.</p> - -<p>Copyright, 1895, by The Procter & Gamble Co., Cin'ti.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<h2><a name="BREAKFAST_SUPPER" id="BREAKFAST_SUPPER">BREAKFAST—SUPPER.</a></h2> - -<h4>EPPS'S</h4> - -<h2>GRATEFUL—COMFORTING.</h2> - -<h4>COCOA</h4> - -<h2>BOILING WATER OR MILK.</h2> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<h2>CARDS</h2> - -<p>FOR 1896. 50 Sample Styles AND LIST OF 400 PREMIUM ARTICLES FREE. -HAVERFIELD PUB. CO., Cadiz, Ohio.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<h2>CARDS</h2> - -<p>The FINEST SAMPLE BOOK of Gold Beveled Edge, Hidden Name, Silk Fringe, -Envelope and Calling Cards ever offered for a 2 cent stamp. These are -GENUINE CARDS, NOT TRASH. UNION CARD CO., COLUMBUS, OHIO.</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> -<img src="images/ill_045.jpg" width="400" height="59" alt="Thompson's Eye Water" /> -</div> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 172px;"> -<img src="images/ill_046.jpg" width="172" height="200" alt="" /> -</div> - -<h3>THE</h3> - -<h3>BALTIMOREAN PRINTING-PRESS</h3> - -<p>has earned more money for boys than all other presses in the market. -Buys, don't idle away your time when you can buy a self-inking -printing-press, type, and complete outfit for $5.00. Write for -particulars, there is money in it for you.</p> - -<h4>THE J. F. W. DORMAN CO.,</h4> - -<h4>Baltimore, Md., U.S.A.</h4> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<h2>HOOPING</h2> - -<h2>COUGH</h2> - -<h2>CROUP</h2> - -<p class="center"><i>Can be cured</i></p> - -<p class="center">by using</p> - -<h3>ROCHE'S HERBAL</h3> - -<h3>EMBROCATION</h3> - -<p>The celebrated and effectual English cure, without internal medicine. W. -EDWARD & SON, Props., London, Eng. Wholesale, E. FOUGERA & CO., New York</p> - -<hr class="chap" /> -<h2>CHARLES CARLETON COFFIN'S</h2> - -<h3>Fascinating Historical Works</h3> - -<div class="center"> -<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> -<tr><td align="left">ABRAHAM LINCOLN.</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left">THE BOYS OF '76.</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left">THE STORY OF LIBERTY.</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left">OLD TIMES IN THE COLONIES.</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left">BUILDING THE NATION.</td></tr> -</table></div> - -<h4><i>A History of the Rebellion in Four Volumes:</i></h4> - -<div class="center"> -<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> -<tr><td align="left">DRUM-BEAT OF THE NATION.</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left">MARCHING TO VICTORY.</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left">REDEEMING THE REPUBLIC.</td></tr> -<tr><td align="left">FREEDOM TRIUMPHANT.</td></tr> -</table></div> - -<p class="center"><i>Nine Volumes. Profusely Illustrated. Square 8vo, Cloth, Ornamental, -$3.00 each.</i></p> - -<p>Mr. Coffin avoids the formality of historical narrative, and presents -his material in the shape of personal anecdotes, memorable incidents, -and familiar illustrations. He reproduces events in a vivid, picturesque -narrative.—<i>N. Y. Tribune.</i></p> - -<p>Mr. Coffin writes interestingly; he uses abundance of incident; his -style is pictorial and animated, he takes a sound view of the inner -factors of national development and progress; and his pages are -plentifully sprinkled with illustrations.—<i>Literary World</i>, Boston.</p> - -<hr class="tb" /> - -<h4>Published by HARPER & BROTHERS, New York.</h4> - -<hr class="chap" /> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_396" id="Page_396">[Pg 396]</a></span></p> - -<h2><a name="FROM_CHUM_TO_CHUM" id="FROM_CHUM_TO_CHUM">FROM CHUM TO CHUM.</a></h2> - -<h3>BY GASTON V. DRAKE.</h3> - -<h3>III.—FROM BOB TO JACK.</h3> - -<div class="figright" style="width: 400px;"> -<img src="images/ill_047.jpg" width="400" height="237" alt="" /> -</div> - -<p>Dear Jack,—I got your letter the day we came aboard this ship and I was -so much interested with what was going on here that I put it in my -pocket to read next day. The trouble with the next day was what I might -have expected. I wasn't seasick at all but something I had for dinner -didn't agree with me and I lay down all day and wished I was ashore. As -an old man who stood near me said "they run trolly cars all over the -land where you don't want 'em, but out at sea when you'd give ten -dollars to be carried ashore in one they don't have 'em." I'd have gone -ashore on a shingle if I could have. If you can imagine the Mountain -House dancing around like a cork, 'way up in the air one minute and -fifty feet lower down the next you'll get some idea about what I've been -going through. I'd have enjoyed it though if I hadn't eaten that thing -that disagreed with me, for to people that don't get seasick the -moviness of the whole business is great.</p> - -<div class="figleft" style="width: 325px;"> -<img src="images/ill_048.jpg" width="325" height="350" alt="" /> -</div> - -<p>There's a sailor on the <i>New York</i> that's had almost as many thrillers -as Sandboys and between you and me I think he could talk Sandboys all -around the block. He's been a pirate, he told me, but a nice kind of a -pirate. He says he was called the Chesterfield of the Black Flag because -he always did what he did politely no matter how horrible. If he -attacked a ship at night he always did it in a dress suit and things -like that, and if there were ladies aboard of any ship he captured and -he had to lock 'em up in the hold he always apologized for doing it, and -hoped they'd have a good time. He was brought up in Salem Massachusetts -where he imbibed a love of the sea and learned manners—those are his -own words, particularly imbibed. That word shows what a fine man he -really is. His language is really splendid. Most pirates, he told me, -wasn't fit to associate with gentlemen because they couldn't talk like -gentlemen, but he felt that he could go anywhere, even into a lady's -parlor and talk and never say a word that "wouldn't go with the -furniture," as he put it, without swearing off a bit of his piracy -neither. He has charge of the steamer-chairs on board this boat and -nobody but me knows who he really is. He hasn't been on shore for five -years because he says there's a price on his head. Just as soon as the -boat gets into port he takes a dozen cans of sardines and a box of -crackers and goes and hides up under the bowsprit and lives there on the -sardines and crackers until the ship starts to sea again, when he comes -out and takes charge of the chairs. That's how I came to know him. I get -up early and go out on deck and he tells me all the thrillers he knows.</p> - -<div class="figright" style="width: 231px;"> -<img src="images/ill_049.jpg" width="231" height="600" alt="" /> -</div> - -<p>He had an awful experience last trip over. He was putting away the -chairs one night when all of a sudden he saw one of the English -detectives that had been looking for him for years coming along the deck -and in the moonlight the detective saw him and recognized him at once.</p> - -<p>"Aha!" said he. "Run to earth at last, Chesterfield."</p> - -<p>"Not as I know on," said the sailor. "Seems to me I'm run to sea." And -then he gave a wild ominous laugh. "I'm very glad to see you," he -continued. "How are Mrs. Detective and the children?"</p> - -<p>"You haven't lost any of your manners, Chesterfield," said the -detective; "but they don't go with me. You're my pirate!" And he laid -his hands on Chesterfield's shoulder.</p> - -<p>"Pardon me," said Chesterfield. "But really my dear Mr. Detective you -don't realize your peril. I could throw you overboard in two seconds, -and if it wasn't an exceedingly impolite thing to push a gentleman of -your standing into the water where you'd get your clothes spoiled I'll -be jiggered if I wouldn't do it. Can't I summon assistance for you?"</p> - -<p>"I'll summon it quick enough!" cried the detective rudely not even -thanking Chesterfield for his offer, and he ran to one of those big air -funnels that came up through the decks and hollered help down it, -supposing that it lead into the cabin where the stewards stay; and -Chesterfield just took him by the coat tails and pitched him head first -through the funnel into the hold, where the fellow could howl to his -heart's content and nobody'd hear him because he landed way below the -lowest deck on a bale of cotton and there he staid until the ship got -into port—and when he came out he was so excited that nobody'd believe -what he said, he spoke so sort of crazy and he was arrested for a -stowaway. Chesterfield of course had gone and hid under the bowsprit, -and even if folks had believed the detective they'd have thought he'd -escaped. But to show how polite he was, every morning Chesterfield would -go to the funnel when nobody was looking and call out good-morning to -the detective and drop down two sandwiches and a bottle of ginger-ale so -he wouldn't starve.</p> - -<p>When the pirate isn't on duty I don't have quite as much fun, though I -have fun enough. We have to eat by a time-table. Soup comes at half past -six, fish at twenty minutes to seven, lobster patties at ten minutes to -seven, roast beef at seven, and so on, and I don't like it a bit. I -don't ever want anything but soup and pie. The soup comes in early -enough but you have to wait an hour and forty minutes for the pie and -it's slow work. I asked the Captain if I couldn't have my pie at six -forty and he said he'd be glad to let me only discipline had to be kept -up and if the waiters were allowed to bring in pie out of its turn it -would upset the whole system an' we'd get nothing but chaos. I don't -know what chaos is; we've never had any at home and I never saw it on a -bill of fare anywhere, but Pop says it's no good and spoils one's -digestion.</p> - -<div class="figleft" style="width: 400px;"> -<img src="images/ill_050.jpg" width="400" height="346" alt="" /> -</div> - -<p>The pirate gave me a pointer for coming home. He said there was a boy on -the <i>New York</i> two years ago that had a pair of roller skates, and on -very rough days he'd put 'em on and stand up near the bow and when the -bow went up with the waves the boy would slide 'way down to the stern on -his skates without a bit of trouble, and then back he'd go when she -pitched the other way. It seems to me that's a great scheme and I'm -going to try it. I always did like skating and the decks are bully for -it, smooth as a park road.</p> - -<p>The scenery isn't much so I won't try to tell you about it. It's nothing -but water all the time, and when we get up in the morning you seem to be -in just the same place you were last night.</p> - -<p>The gong has just rung for dinner, and I must go. Maybe in a few days -I'll write to you again, but I'm going to mail this letter to you now, -because the pirate says maybe to-morrow we'll meet the sister ship to -this one going back to New York, and he thinks if I can catch the eye of -the Captain of the Paris, perhaps he'll stop long enough to take this -letter aboard and carry it home to you.</p> - -<p>Yours with love to Sandboys,</p> - -<p> -<span style="margin-left: 23em;"><span class="smcap">Bob</span>.</span><br /> -</p> - - - - - - - - -<pre> - - - - - -End of Project Gutenberg's Harper's Round Table, February 18, 1896, by Various - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HARPER'S ROUND TABLE, FEB 18, 1896 *** - -***** This file should be named 53865-h.htm or 53865-h.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/5/3/8/6/53865/ - -Produced by Annie R. McGuire -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive -specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this -eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook -for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, -performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given -away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks -not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the -trademark license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country outside the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you - are located before using this ebook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The -Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org - - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the -mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its -volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous -locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt -Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to -date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and -official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -For additional contact information: - - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. - - - -</pre> - -</body> -</html> diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_001.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_001.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index be4f91f..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_001.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_002.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_002.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 3484568..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_002.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_003.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_003.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 7a080ca..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_003.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_004.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_004.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index cc6675e..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_004.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_005.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_005.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 97dcad6..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_005.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_006.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_006.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index be675c5..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_006.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_007.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_007.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 5486c61..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_007.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_008.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_008.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 7cc0430..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_008.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_009.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_009.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index db0d4e9..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_009.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_010.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_010.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 2f2f4a3..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_010.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_011.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_011.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index e97e6a3..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_011.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_012.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_012.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 6e82c3d..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_012.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_013.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_013.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 99fee89..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_013.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_014.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_014.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index c5733bb..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_014.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_015.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_015.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 6f85ef8..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_015.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_016.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_016.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 5d9b87b..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_016.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_017.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_017.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index d4861e3..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_017.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_018.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_018.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 8671b39..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_018.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_019.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_019.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 122c4b5..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_019.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_020.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_020.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 9a97e9d..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_020.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_021.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_021.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index a5bdab5..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_021.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_022.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_022.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 4f451a7..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_022.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_023.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_023.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 6b38959..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_023.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_024.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_024.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 1321653..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_024.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_025.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_025.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 9c7de38..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_025.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_026.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_026.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index eda9fca..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_026.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_027.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_027.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 61088d4..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_027.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_028.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_028.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 84465bb..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_028.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_029.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_029.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 0e6ed80..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_029.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_030.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_030.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 8255bd7..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_030.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_031.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_031.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 7e8ade8..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_031.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_032.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_032.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index bc8c95b..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_032.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_033.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_033.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 9c1cd22..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_033.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_034.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_034.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 8bd0b4e..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_034.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_035.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_035.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 950a966..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_035.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_036.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_036.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 1f98804..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_036.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_037.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_037.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 0b2549c..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_037.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_038.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_038.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 0e6ed80..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_038.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_039.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_039.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index bd950b6..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_039.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_040.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_040.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 8298ce4..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_040.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_041.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_041.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 3909d2e..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_041.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_042.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_042.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 7dc2ca1..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_042.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_043.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_043.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 107db57..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_043.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_044.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_044.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 816dea8..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_044.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_045.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_045.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 0e6ed80..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_045.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_046.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_046.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 0b76325..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_046.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_047.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_047.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index a62ebcb..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_047.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_048.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_048.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 76101cf..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_048.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_049.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_049.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 4dd57bb..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_049.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/53865-h/images/ill_050.jpg b/old/53865-h/images/ill_050.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 8c40844..0000000 --- a/old/53865-h/images/ill_050.jpg +++ /dev/null |
